Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Globus Medical

Globus Medical

gmed · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker gmed
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Globus Medical
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

(Mark One)

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_________________________
FORM 10-K/A
(Amendment No. 1)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ______________ to _______________

Commission File No. 001-35621

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

04-3744954
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2560 General Armistead Avenue, Audubon, PA
(Address of principal executive offices)

19403
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including Area Code:
(610) 930-1800

  Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:

Yes   

No   

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act:

Yes   

No   

Table of Contents

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:

Yes   

No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, 
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of 
this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and 
post such files):

Yes   

No   

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not 
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information 
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K:

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or 
a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (check one):

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 
(Do not check if a smaller 
reporting company)

Smaller reporting company 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act):

 Yes 

  No 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed 
by reference to the price at which the common equity last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common 
equity, as of June 30, 2012 is not provided because the registrant’s common equity did not commence trading on New 
York Stock Exchange until August 3, 2012.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock (par value $0.001 per share) as of February 28, 
2013 was 91,858,583 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of  our  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2013 Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  to  be  filed  within  120  days  of 
December 31, 2012, are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 herein of this Annual Report.  
Such Proxy Statement, except for the parts therein which have been specifically incorporated by reference, shall not be 
deemed “filed” for the purposes of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE 

In connection with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on March 5, 2013 (the “Original Filing”), we provided 
certain information required by Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K.  We are refiling in its entirety our Annual 
Report pursuant to this Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A (this “Form 10-K/A”) to the Original Filing to 
provide additional information required by Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in Item 13 of this Form 10-K/A.  
This Form 10-K/A also contains disclosure regarding compliance with the filing requirements of Section 16
(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  In addition, this Form 10-K/A includes the typed 
conformed signatures of our principal accounting officer and our Board of Directors, which were inadvertently 
omitted from the original filing.  

As required by the rules of the SEC, this Form 10-K/A also includes an amended “Item 15. Exhibits 
and Financial Statement Schedules” and includes a new certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 from the our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. 

Except as described above, no other changes have been made to the Original Filing.  This Form 10-
K/A does not modify or update disclosures in the Original Filing or reflect events subsequent to the Original 
Filing.  Accordingly, this Form 10-K/A should be read in conjunction with the Original Filing.

Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
Business

Item 1.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Properties
Legal Proceedings

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 6.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 

Selected Financial Data

Operations

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Item 9.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial 

Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.
Item 12.

Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Stockholder Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15

PART IV
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

SIGNATURES

4

Page

5
29
65
65
65
67

68
70

72
88
90

122
122
123

123
124
124

124
125

126

130

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

PART I

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended 
(the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”).  All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements.  We have 
tried to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as “believe,” “may,” “might,” “could,” 
“will,” “aim,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “plan” and similar words.  These 
forward-looking statements are based on our current assumptions, expectations and estimates of future 
events  and  trends.    Forward-looking  statements  are  only  predictions  and  are  subject  to  many  risks, 
uncertainties and other factors that may affect our businesses and operations and could cause actual results 
to differ materially from those predicted.  These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, 
factors affecting our quarterly results, our ability to manage our growth, our ability to sustain our profitability, 
demand for our products, our ability to compete successfully (including without limitation our ability to 
convince surgeons to use our products and our ability to attract and retain sales and other personnel), our 
ability to rapidly develop and introduce new products, our ability to develop and execute on successful 
business strategies, our ability to comply with changes and applicable laws and regulations that are applicable 
to  our  businesses,  our  ability  to  safeguard  our  intellectual  property,  our  success  in  defending  legal 
proceedings brought against us, trends in the medical device industry, and general economic conditions, 
and other risks set forth throughout this Annual Report, including under “Item 1, Business,” “Item 1A, 
Risk Factors,” and “Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of  Operations,”  and  those  discussed  in  other  documents  we  file  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission  (the  “SEC”).    Moreover,  we  operate  in  an  evolving  environment.    New  risk  factors  and 
uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, 
nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination 
of  factors,  may  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  contained  in  any  forward-looking 
statements.

Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-
looking statements.  Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report speak only as of the date 
of this Annual Report.  We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements as a result 
of new information, events or circumstances or other factors arising or coming to our attention after the 
date hereof.  

Item 1. Business

Overview

Globus  Medical,  Inc.  (“Globus,”  “we,”  “us”  or  “our”)  is  a  medical  device  company  focused 
exclusively on the design, development and commercialization of products that promote healing in patients 
with spine disorders.  We are an engineering-driven company with a history of rapidly developing and 
commercializing products that assist surgeons in effectively treating their patients, respond to evolving 
surgeon needs and address new treatment options.  Since our inception in 2003, we have launched over 
110 products and offer a comprehensive portfolio of innovative and differentiated products addressing a 
broad array of spinal pathologies, anatomies and surgical approaches.  We were formed in 2003 and have 
grown our sales to $386.0 million in 2012.  We have been able to achieve our success while maintaining 
strong profit margins.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, we had $136.6 million of Adjusted EBITDA, 
representing an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 35.4%, and $73.8 million of net income. 

5

Table of Contents

All of our products fall into one of two categories: Innovative Fusion or Disruptive Technologies.  
Our Innovative Fusion products address a broad range of spinal fusion surgical procedures.  Spinal fusion 
is a surgical procedure to correct problems with the individual vertebrae, the interlocking bones making 
up the spine, by preventing movement of the affected bones.  We believe our Innovative Fusion products 
demonstrate  features  and  characteristics  that  provide  advantages  for  surgeons  and  contribute  to  better 
outcomes for patients as compared to traditional fusion products.  These advantages have enabled us to 
grow our sales at a faster rate than the broader spine industry.  We define Disruptive Technologies as those 
that represent a significant shift in the treatment of spine disorders by allowing for novel surgical procedures, 
improvements to existing surgical procedures, the treatment of spine disorders by new physician specialties, 
and  surgical  intervention  earlier  in  the  continuum  of  care.   We  expect  the  increased  use  of  Disruptive 
Technologies to  improve  patient outcomes  and  reduce costs given  the expected lower  morbidity rates, 
shorter patient recovery times and shorter hospital stays associated with these procedures.  Our current 
portfolio of approved and pipeline products includes a variety of Disruptive Technology products, which 
we believe offer material improvements to fusion procedures, such as minimally invasive surgical (“MIS”) 
techniques,  as  well  as  new  treatment  alternatives  including  motion  preservation  technologies,  such  as 
dynamic  stabilization,  total  disc  replacement  and  interspinous  process  spacer  products  and  advanced 
biomaterials technologies, as well as interventional pain management solutions, including treatments for 
vertebral compression fractures.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, our sales were $238.7 million 
from Innovative Fusion products and $147.3 million from Disruptive Technology products, representing 
year-over-year growth rates of 6.4% and 37.5%, respectively. 

We expect the market for Disruptive Technologies to grow faster than the traditional fusion market 
and to expand the overall addressable population of patients seeking surgical treatment for spine disorders.  
We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on this higher-growth segment of the spine market given 
our multiple existing commercialized products and several products in various stages of development.  In 
addition, we believe we are well positioned to increase sales of our Innovative Fusion products at a rate 
faster than the broader spine industry because of the advantages our products offer compared to traditional 
fusion products.

Our  product  development  engine  is  the  name  we  give  to  our  particular  approach  to  product 
development, which we believe is unique and highly efficient.  It employs an integrated team approach to 
product development that involves collaboration among surgeons, our engineers, our dedicated researchers, 
our highly-skilled machinists, and our clinical and regulatory personnel.  We believe that utilizing these 
integrated teams, as well as our extensive in-house facilities, enables us to design, test, and obtain regulatory 
approvals of our products at a faster rate than our competitors.  We emphasize the importance of developing 
new products that are improvements to existing technologies and offerings, including our own, which we 
believe results in superior offerings that drive the demand for our products. 

Our product development engine allows us to develop products that we believe provide advantages 
for surgeons and contribute to better outcomes for patients.  We also believe the use of our products reduces 
costs as a result of lower morbidity rates, shorter patient recovery times and shorter hospital stays.

We market and sell our products through our exclusive global sales force.  As of December 31, 
2012, we had a direct or distributor sales presence in the United States and in 24 countries outside the 
United States.  In addition, we have hired a separate sales force to market and sell our current and planned 
interventional pain management products, including our existing AFFIRM® kyphoplasty product, which 
we market under the trade name Algea Therapies®.  We expect to continue to increase the number of our 
direct and distributor sales representatives, both in the United States and internationally, to expand into 

6

Table of Contents

new geographic territories and to deepen our penetration in existing territories.  We believe the planned 
expansion of our U.S. and international sales forces provides us with significant opportunities for future 
growth as we continue to penetrate existing geographic markets and enter new ones.

Recent Developments

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we launched 14 new products, achieved a new milestone 
and completed an acquisition, all in furtherance of our strategic initiatives.  In September 2012, we received 
our first U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) pre-market approval (“PMA”), for our SECURE®-
C Cervical Artificial Disc (see “Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and  Results  of  Operations  -  Recent  Developments”  below).    Clinical  data  from  a  380  patient 
investigational device exemption (“IDE”) study demonstrated that SECURE-C® is statistically superior to 
anterior cervical discectomy and fusion in terms of overall success, subsequent surgery at the index level, 
device-related adverse events, and patient satisfaction at 24 months.

In July 2012, we acquired the assets of a small company with operations in the United States and 
Germany, including a new product designed to treat vertebral compression fractures (“VCFs”).  For more 
information about this acquisition, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements; Note 3. Business Acquisitions.”

Industry Overview

Overview of Spine Anatomy

The spine consists of interlocking bones, called vertebrae, stacked on top of one another.  Vertebrae 
are separated from each other by intervertebral discs, which act as shock absorbers, and are connected to 
each other by facet joints, which provide flexibility.  Supportive soft tissues including ligaments, tendons 
and muscles are attached to two laminae, which provide stability to the vertebral segment.  The spinal cord 
runs through the center of the spine, or spinal canal, carrying nerves that exit through openings between the 
vertebrae, referred to as foramen, and deliver sensation and control to the entire body.

The spine is comprised of five regions, of which there are three primary regions: the cervical, thoracic 
and lumbar regions.  The cervical region consists of the first seven vertebrae (C1-C7) extending from the 
base of the skull to the shoulders and facilitates movement of the head and neck.  The thoracic region consists 
of the 12 vertebrae in the middle of the back (T1-T12) and each vertebra is connected to two ribs that protect 
the body’s vital organs.  The lumbar region consists of five vertebrae in the lower back (L1-L5) and is the 
primary load-bearing region of the spine.  The final two regions of the spine, the sacrum (S1-S5) and coccyx, 
consist of naturally fused vertebrae connected to the hip bones to provide support and protect organs in the 
pelvic area.  With regard to anatomical terms of surgical location, anterior refers to access from the front, 
posterior refers to access from the back and lateral refers to access from the side.

Overview of Spine Disorders

Spine disorders are a leading driver of healthcare costs worldwide.  Spine disorders range in severity 
from mild pain and loss of feeling to extreme pain and paralysis.  These disorders are primarily caused by 
degenerative disc disease (“DDD”), stenosis, deformity, osteoporosis, tumors and trauma.

DDD describes the most common type of spine disorder, which primarily results from repetitive 
stresses  experienced  during  the  normal  aging  process.    Disc  degeneration  occurs  as  the  inner  cores  of 

7

Table of Contents

intervertebral discs lose elasticity and shrink.  Over time, these changes can cause the discs to lose their 
normal  height  and  shock-absorbing  characteristics,  which  leads  to  back  pain  and  reduced  flexibility.  
Herniated discs are a common form of degenerative disc disease and occur when the intervertebral disc 
material protrudes from the annulus.  Symptomatic cervical disc disease (“SCDD”) is a gradual deterioration 
of the spongy discs in the neck leading to problems related to nerve function that can cause pain and limit 
movement.

Spinal stenosis is a condition attributed to the narrowing of the space around the nerves in the lumbar 
spine.   The  resulting  compression  can  lead  to  back  and  leg  pain.   This  condition  is  often  caused  by  the 
degenerative process in the spine and facet joints.  Lumbar stenosis is a condition whereby either the spinal 
canal or vertebral foramen becomes narrowed in the lower back.  If the narrowing is substantial, it causes 
compression of the nerves and the painful symptoms of lumbar spinal stenosis.

Spine deformity is a term used to describe any variation in the natural curvature of the spine.  Natural 
curves  help  the  upper  body  maintain  proper  balance  and  alignment  over  the  pelvis.    Common  forms  of 
deformity include scoliosis, which is a lateral or side-to-side curvature of the spine, extreme lordosis, which 
is an abnormal convex curvature of the lumbar spine, and extreme kyphosis, which is an abnormal concave 
curvature leading to a rounded back.

VCFs are fractures of the vertebrae that result in the collapse of the vertebral body.  These fractures, 
which can be very painful to the patient, are often the result of osteoporosis, which causes the vertebrae to 
weaken and become brittle, or spine tumors, but can also result from trauma.

Spine tumors are relatively rare.  Benign tumors are typically removed surgically while malignant 
tumors are more difficult to treat and often originate in other areas of the body such as the lungs, thyroid or 
kidneys.

Treatments for Spine Disorders

Treatment alternatives for spine disorders range from non-operative conservative therapies to surgical 
interventions.  Conservative therapies include bed rest, medication and physical therapy.  When conservative 
therapies fail to provide adequate quality of life improvements, surgical interventions may be used to address 
pain.  Surgical treatments for spine disorders can be instrumented, which include the use of implants, or non-
instrumented, which forego the use of any such implants.  The most common surgical interventions include 
non-instrumented treatments such as discectomy, which is the removal of all or part of a damaged disc, and 
laminectomy, which is the removal of all or part of a lamina.  Non-instrumented treatments have typically 
been used to treat patients earlier in the continuum of care than instrumented treatments.  The most common 
instrumented treatment is spinal fusion, where two or more adjacent vertebrae are fused together with implants 
to restore disc height and provide stability.  As Disruptive Technologies continue to gain acceptance, we 
expect that they will allow surgeons to use instrumented treatments earlier in the continuum of care as a 
preferred alternative to non-instrumented surgical intervention or conservative therapies.

Fusions are typically performed on the cervical or lumbar regions of the spine, and implants may 

include devices such as plates, pedicle screw and rod systems and interbody spacers.

Disruptive Technologies are designed to provide better patient outcomes in certain situations through 
the use of MIS techniques, by allowing the patient to retain some motion in the affected area, or by using 
biomaterials or interventional pain management solutions, such as treatments for VCFs to speed healing time 
or improve patient outcomes.  Disruptive Technologies may enable treatment with implants earlier in the 

8

Table of Contents

continuum of care by addressing the shortcomings of traditional surgical interventions, which often include 
soft  tissue  disruption,  long  operating  times,  extended  hospital  stays  and  lengthy  patient  recovery  times.  
Additionally, Disruptive Technologies may help a patient avoid progression of spinal disc disease sometimes 
caused by traditional surgical options such as spinal fusion.  As a result, we expect the market for Disruptive 
Technologies  to  grow  faster  than  the  market  for  traditional  fusion  and  expand  the  addressable  patient 
population for spine surgery.

Growth Drivers

We believe the spine market will continue to experience growth as a result of the following market 

influences:

•  Favorable patient demographics.  The number of people over the age of 65 is large and growing.  
Improvements  in  healthcare  have  led  to  increasing  life  expectancies  worldwide  and  the 
opportunity to lead more active lifestyles at advanced ages.  These trends are expected to generate 
increased demand for spine surgeries.

• 

Improving technologies leading to increased use of fusion procedures.  Due to the longevity of 
its practice and acceptable clinical outcomes, fusion has become a standard treatment option for 
patients presenting more advanced stages of spine disease.  We expect that the development of 
improved fusion products will continue to contribute to spinal fusion as a leading treatment for 
advanced stages of spine disease.

•  Disruptive Technologies driving earlier interventions and creating an expanded patient base.  
Disruptive Technologies are gaining increasing acceptance among patients and surgeons because 
they  allow  for  novel  surgical  procedures,  improvements  to  existing  surgical  procedures,  the 
treatment of spine disorders by new physician specialties, and surgical intervention earlier in the 
continuum of care, all of which can result in better outcomes for patients.  We believe surgeons 
and patients who would otherwise choose more conservative nonsurgical treatment plans with 
sub-optimal results may elect a surgical option utilizing Disruptive Technologies to treat spine 
disorders.  As a result, Disruptive Technologies are expected to drive accelerated growth and 
increase the size of the addressable patient population for spine surgery.

•  Continued market penetration internationally.  While the United States comprises approximately 
5% of the worldwide population, we believe that approximately half of all spine surgeries occur 
in  the  United  States.    We  believe  that  improvements  to  the  standard  of  care,  including  the 
introduction of new products and the expansion of international sales forces, will increase demand 
for spine products outside of the United States.

Our Competitive Strengths

We are focused exclusively on the spine market, and our senior leadership team has over 200 years 
of collective experience in the spine and medical device industries.  We believe that this focus and experience, 
combined with the following principal competitive strengths, will allow us to grow our sales faster than our 
competitors and the overall spine industry:

•  Comprehensive and broad portfolio of Innovative Fusion products.  We have a comprehensive 
portfolio  of  Innovative  Fusion  products  that  addresses  a  broad  array  of  spinal  pathologies, 
anatomies  and  surgical  approaches.   We  believe  our  Innovative  Fusion  products  demonstrate 

9

Table of Contents

features and characteristics that provide advantages for surgeons and contribute to better outcomes 
for patients as compared to traditional fusion products.  Our differentiated product portfolio allows 
us to offer a wide variety of treatment options and effectively market our entire product portfolio 
to surgeons who may initially be familiar with only a subset of our products.  In addition, because 
surgeons and hospitals typically prefer to deal with a limited number of vendors with broad product 
offerings, our portfolio of products enables us to compete effectively.

•  Well-positioned  Disruptive  Technology  products.    We  expect  the  market  for  Disruptive 
Technologies to grow faster than the traditional fusion market.  We currently have a comprehensive 
and broad portfolio of MIS, motion preservation and advanced biomaterials products, with two 
additional products addressing motion preservation in clinical trials and other pipeline products 
in various stages of development.  We believe our current portfolio and pipeline of Disruptive 
Technology products provide improved patient outcomes, reduce overall costs and position us to 
capitalize on the growth in this market.

• 

Integrated product development engine.  We believe that we have a unique and highly efficient 
approach to product development that significantly reduces the time required to advance a potential 
product  from  concept  to  commercialization.    We  have  historically  utilized  our  product 
development engine to bring substantially all of our products to market and have not relied upon 
acquisitions  to  grow  our  business.    Our  integrated  teams  of  surgeons,  engineers,  dedicated 
researchers, highly-skilled machinists, and clinical and regulatory personnel work together to 
conceptualize, evaluate, and develop potential new products through an iterative process that 
allows for rapid product development.  In addition, our regulatory and clinical affairs teams have 
a proven ability to work effectively with regulatory agencies worldwide to obtain approvals to 
market our products.  The combination of our research, development, clinical and regulatory 
expertise allows us to react quickly to evolving surgeon and patient needs, address new treatment 
options, and introduce several new products annually.

•  Exclusive U.S. sales force with broad geographic scope.  We have made, and intend to continue 
to make, significant investments in our exclusive U.S. sales force.  Our direct and distributor sales 
representatives are highly trained in the clinical benefits of our products and frequently consult 
with surgeons and surgical staff inside the operating room regarding the use of our products.  We 
believe the size, expertise and exclusive nature of our U.S. sales force enable us to maximize our 
market penetration and continue to expand our geographic presence.

•  Demonstrated track record of profitability with established scale.  We have made investments in 
our infrastructure that have allowed us to accelerate development and commercialization of our 
products, and maintain strong profit margins typically associated with our larger competitors.  We 
have launched over 110 products and experienced significant growth in sales since our founding 
in 2003, while remaining focused on generating operating cash flow and net income.  We were 
formed in 2003 and have grown our sales to $386.0 million in 2012.  Our disciplined approach 
has contributed to Adjusted EBITDA of $136.6 million and net income of $73.8 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2012.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the leader in providing innovative solutions across the continuum of care in 

the spine market.  To achieve this goal, we are employing the following business strategies:

10

Table of Contents

•  Leverage our product development engine.  We plan to continue to develop both Innovative Fusion 
products and Disruptive Technology products using what we believe to be a unique and highly 
efficient product development engine.  We believe our team-oriented approach, active surgeon 
input and demonstrated product development and commercialization capabilities position us to 
maintain a rapid rate of new product launches.  As of the date of this Annual Report, we had over 
30 potential new products in various stages of development and we expect to launch approximately 
five to ten new products in each of the next three years.

• 

Increase the size, scope and productivity of our exclusive U.S. sales force.  We believe there is 
significant  opportunity  to  further  penetrate  existing  markets  and  to  enter  new  markets  by 
increasing the size and geographic scope of our U.S. sales force.  We expect to continue to increase 
the number of our direct and distributor sales representatives in the United States to expand into 
new geographic territories and to deepen our penetration in existing territories.  We also intend 
to continue recruiting additional sales representatives strategically to grow our Algea Therapies® 
sales force.  In addition to focusing our recruitment efforts on individuals with previous spine 
industry  experience  and  demonstrated  sales  success,  we  will  continue  to  provide  our  sales 
representatives with specialized development programs designed to improve their productivity.

•  Continue  to  expand  into  international  markets. 

  We  have  historically  focused  our 
commercialization efforts primarily on the U.S. market.  However, we began selling our products 
in international markets in 2005 and sales generated from outside the United States of $30.4 
million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a 48.6% increase from 2011.  We expect to continue 
to increase our international presence through the commercialization of additional products and 
through the expansion of our direct and distributor sales force.  As of December 31, 2012, we 
had an existing direct or distributor sales presence in 24 countries outside the United States.

•  Pursue strategic acquisitions and alliances.  We intend to selectively pursue acquisitions and 
alliances in the future that will provide us with new or complementary technologies, personnel 
with significant relevant experience, or increased market penetration.  We are currently evaluating 
a number of possible acquisitions or strategic relationships and believe that our resources and 
experience make us an attractive acquirer or partner.

Products

We currently offer over 110 Innovative Fusion and Disruptive Technology products.  We summarize 

below a selection of these products.

Innovative Fusion

Our  products  address  the  entire  spine  with  Innovative  Fusion  products  for  use  in  cervical, 
thoracolumbar, sacral, and interbody/corpectomy fusion procedures to treat degenerative, deformity, tumor, 
and  trauma  conditions.    We  believe  that  our  Innovative  Fusion  products  demonstrate  features  and 
characteristics that enable us to provide advantages over traditional fusion products that help improve surgical 
techniques and may contribute to better outcomes for patients.  For example, our comprehensive REVERE® 
pedicle screw and rod system incorporates a convenient non-threaded locking cap design that eases building 
of thoracolumbar fixation constructs to readily adapt to the patient’s anatomy and condition, for a range of 
clinical  applications.    Certain  other  of  our  products,  such  as  our  XPAND®  and  FORTIFY®  corpectomy 
devices that incorporate smooth expansion capability, have a range of size options for optimal fit, and are 
manufactured  from  radiolucent  polyetheretherketone  (“PEEK”)  to  allow  for  postoperative  radiographic 

11

Table of Contents

visualization.  Certain of our other products, such as our COALITION® and INDEPENDENCE® stand-
alone  interbody  fusion  devices,  simplify  the  surgical  technique  by  reducing  steps  and  hardware  while 
providing  confident stabilization.  The  depth of  our  Innovative Fusion  portfolio encompasses treatment 
modalities from the occiput to the sacrum, with novel designs and features that provide key improvements 
to  the  standards  of  care.   We  also  build  on  proven  technologies  to  continuously  upgrade  our  offerings, 
including multiple cervical plating systems, both top-loading and posted screw systems, and a range of 
interbody implant and approach options.

Disruptive Technologies

We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on this higher-growth segment of the spine market 
given our multiple existing commercialized products and several products in various stages of development.  
We have a comprehensive and broad product portfolio and pipeline of Disruptive Technologies, including 
MIS,  motion  preservation,  and  advanced  biomaterials  technologies,  as  well  as  interventional  pain 
management solutions, including treatments for VCFs.  Our MIS products enable a surgeon to perform a 
procedure less invasively to minimize tissue disruption and maximize native anatomy, which may lead to 
better patient recovery and fewer approach-related complications.  For example, our MARS™ 3V retractor 
system facilitates smaller incisions with the use of positionable radiolucent retractor blades to access the 
surgical  site  and  to  allow  both  direct  and  radiographic  visualization.    Our  CALIBER®,  RISE®  and 
SIGNATURE® interbody spacers are designed for reliable delivery through smaller MIS incisions with 
streamlined implants and instruments.  Our REVOLVE® pedicle screw system is designed for MIS screw 
and rod insertion through small incisions, and utilizes a convenient non-threaded locking cap design.  Other 
Disruptive Technology products, such as TRANSITION®, provide for stabilization that is less rigid than 
traditional pedicle screw systems for more natural load distribution to help promote fusion while maintaining 
stability.  Similarly, our motion preservation products, such as SECURE®-C and SECURE®-CR, are next-
generation arthroplasty devices that allow segmental motion, are semi-constrained to enhance stability, and 
provide  alternatives  to  fusion  in  the  treatment  of  degenerative  conditions.    Our  advanced  biomaterials 
products, including MICROFUSE® resorbable bone void filler and CONDUCT® ceramic-collagen, are 
well suited for posterolateral fusion procedures in which our innovative stabilization systems are also used.  
Our AFFIRM® product allows for the treatment of painful VCFs earlier in the continuum of care.

12

Table of Contents

A selection of the 14 new products we launched in 2012 is presented below:

Selected Product
MARS™ Anterior Retractor Retractor system for a minimal access retroperitoneal approach

Description

RISE®

CALIBER®-L

AFFIRM®

CANOPY™

SECURE®-C

XEMPLIFI® DBM

PLYMOUTH®

FORTIFY®

REVERE® 4.5

Region
United States 
International

United States 
International

United States
International

Expandable lumbar interbody fusion device that may be implanted using 
open or endoscopic techniques

Expandable lateral lumbar interbody fusion device with PEEK endplates

Minimally invasive vertebral augmentation system for the treatment of VCFs United States 
International

Plate and spacer system for posterior laminoplasty

Selectively constrained dual articulating cervical disc replacement device

Osteoinductive and osteoconductive demineralized bone matrix in several 
forms

Minimally invasive cervical plate system designed to provide stabilization 
through a lateral approach.

PEEK and titanium self-locking expandable corpectomy device with modular 
endplates

Comprehensive pedicle screw and rod system with non-threaded locking 
mechanism, to treat complex spinal deformities in pediatric and small stature, 
skeletally mature patients.

United States 
International

United States 
International

United States 
International

United States
International

United States

United States 
International

Clinical Development Programs

In addition to the products we currently market, we continue to develop and test novel spine products.  
As we focus our attention on developing more Disruptive Technologies, we are required to conduct clinical 
trials in order to obtain FDA approval or clearance to market some of those Disruptive Technologies.  We 
recently  received  our  first  FDA  PMA  for  our  SECURE®-C  cervical  artificial  disc  and  are  currently 
conducting various clinical trials under FDA-approved IDEs, including the following:

ACADIA® Facet Replacement System

The  current  treatment  for  spinal  stenosis  calls  for  removal  of  bone  around  the  affected  nerve 
including the facet joints and fusing the posterior of the spine to ensure the segments remain stable.  The 
ACADIA® Facet Replacement System allows for an anatomic reconstruction of the facet joint after the 
degenerated facet is decompressed and removed.

ACADIA®  has  been  designed  on  the  principles  that  have  allowed  other  total  joint  replacement 
procedures to provide significant patient benefits.  These guiding principles include an anatomically based 
implant design, a reproducible surgical technique, and the preservation of motion while addressing the 
clinical concern.  Like the original facet joint, the replacement implant is designed to reproduce facet motion 
while restoring normal stability and motion.

We acquired the assets of Facet Solutions, developers of ACADIA®, in January 2011.  Two U.S. 
IDE studies are in progress to study the use of ACADIA® in patients suffering from spinal stenosis.  A 20-
patient pilot study was enrolled prior to the acquisition, and a pivotal study was underway with 130 patients 
enrolled at the time of the acquisition.  The prospective randomized pivotal study of ACADIA® may enroll 

13

Table of Contents

and  treat  up  to  750  patients  randomly  selected  for  the  treatment  or  control  arm  in  a  2:1  ratio.   As  of 
December 31, 2012, 214 patients have been enrolled and treated in the study.  Postoperative follow-up data 
is obtained at six weeks, three months, six months, 12 months, 24 months and annually thereafter.  ACADIA® 
is CE marked and is available for sale in certain jurisdictions outside the United States.

TRIUMPH® Lumbar Disc

The TRIUMPH® Lumbar Disc,  which is used in the treatment of lumbar DDD, is a posterolateral 
artificial disc that permits motion and is the first device of its kind to be inserted from a posterolateral 
approach.

TRIUMPH®  is  an  articulating  device  comprised  of  two  cobalt-chrome  alloy  components  with 
multiple serrated keels for fixation, and titanium plasma spray coating to promote bony ingrowth.  The two 
endplate surfaces are biconvex to conform to the vertebral endplates.  The device allows for motion in all 
planes regardless of insertion angle, which can vary depending on surgical needs.  This approach enables 
a  surgeon  to  address  the  patient’s  posterior  pathology,  as  needed,  and  to  maintain  important  anterior 
anatomical structures.  The device is placed obliquely across the disc space, and has features that guide 
alignment in the anteroposterior and lateral planes.

An IDE pilot study is being conducted on TRIUMPH® in patients suffering from back and/or leg 
pain associated with DDD.  A total of 20 patients have been enrolled and treated with TRIUMPH®.  We 
plan to submit the required data obtained through the IDE pilot study to the FDA to gain support for a larger 
randomized pivotal study comparing TRIUMPH® to traditional fusion in the control arm.  TRIUMPH® is 
CE marked and is available for sale in certain jurisdictions outside the United States.

Product Development and Research

The  markets  in  which  we  operate  are  subject  to  rapid  technological  advancements.    We  must 
constantly  improve  our  existing  products  and  introduce  new  products  in  order  to  continue  to  succeed.  
Accordingly, we have made significant investments in our product development and research capabilities.  
For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we spent $27.9 million, $23.5 million and $21.3 
million, respectively, on research and development.

Our senior management team founded Globus with a goal of leveraging their experience in the 
spine industry to develop a distinctive product development process that could significantly reduce the 
length of time between a product’s concept stage and commercialization.  We have created what we believe 
to be a unique and highly efficient product development engine that employs an integrated team approach 
to  product  development  that  involves  collaboration  between  surgeons,  our  engineers,  our  dedicated 
researchers and our highly-skilled machinists, as well as our clinical and regulatory personnel.  This product 
development team formulates a design for the product and then builds and tests prototypes in our in-house 
prototype development and testing facility.  As part of the development process, spine surgeons test the 
implantation of the product in our cadaveric laboratory to ensure it meets the needs of both surgeon and 
patient.  Our team quickly refines or redesigns the prototype as necessary based on the results of the product 
testing, allowing us to perform rapid iterations of the design-prototype-test development cycle.  We believe 
that our product development engine allows us to provide solutions that effectively respond to the needs 
of spine surgeons and their patients.

Our regulatory and clinical affairs department works in parallel with our product development teams, 
allowing us to anticipate and resolve issues at early stages in the development cycle.  Our regulatory and 

14

Table of Contents

clinical affairs personnel are committed to timely and responsive communication with regulatory agencies.  
Though regulatory requirements are constantly changing and continued success cannot be assured, we have 
demonstrated an ability to gain rapid regulatory approvals of our Innovative Fusion products and Disruptive 
Technologies.   We  have  demonstrated  success  in  rapid  product  development,  as  we  have  successfully 
introduced over 110 products since we were founded in 2003 and intend to continue to launch five to ten 
new products in each of the next three years.

Our product development efforts are supported by our in-house research capabilities.  We believe 
that centralizing and consolidating the critical elements of the product development and commercialization 
process in one facility allows us to bring products from the concept stage to the market rapidly in order to 
respond to surgeon and patient needs.  We have the following resources at our corporate headquarters:

•  A mechanical testing laboratory that provides a modern, fully-equipped facility for product testing.  
This capability is critical to our rapid product development process that relies on multiple iterations 
of the design-build-test cycle.

•  Our clinical research group gathers and performs postmarket clinical research and collects data 

that supports our product development and sales efforts.

•  A spinal kinematics laboratory contains our proprietary six degrees of freedom machine that we 
developed to biomechanically test cadaveric specimens.  The six degrees of freedom machine 
enables us to simulate accurately and replicate the movement of the human spine.  This enables 
spine surgeons and engineers to study the kinematics and kinetics of the human spine and the 
effects of various treatments and surgical techniques using our products.

•  A tribology laboratory with machines that study the wear behavior of various bearing surfaces.  
This  research  is  critical  to  the  development  of  the  next  generation  of  Disruptive Technology 
products using newer bearing surfaces.

•  A cadaveric laboratory simulates the operating room environment for product testing and training.  
This allows our product development team, including surgeons, to ensure our products meet all 
of their specifications and enables surgeons to develop a high level of comfort and aptitude in 
using the products.

•  A  materials  characterization  laboratory  including  a  scanning  electron  microscope,  energy 
dispersive spectroscopy and differentiated scanning calorimetry that allows us to view images of 
a device’s surface to determine certain of its properties, such as topography and composition.  
This laboratory enables us to model and analyze failures of certain device mechanisms, such as 
a material’s stress points, in order to improve our products.

•  A  computational  laboratory  built  around  a  high-powered  computer  that  conducts  detailed 
mathematical  modeling  of  discrete  elements  of  a  device  in  order  to  determine  that  device’s 
behavior under various loading conditions.  We use this mathematical modeling as a supplement 
to other testing methods in the design process.

Spine Community Involvement and Education

One of the defining elements of our business is the extent of our involvement in the spine surgeon 
community.  Spine surgeons participate in various aspects of our strategy, research, product development 

15

Table of Contents

and education through formal programs such as our Medical Board of Directors and our Strategic Advisory 
Board.  We also have extensive informal contact with spine surgeons.  For example, surgeons are invited 
to our corporate headquarters to interface with our executive team, review our product portfolio, participate 
in bioskills labs, observe surgical procedures and interact with our product development teams.  Members 
of all product development groups and other executives routinely conduct field visits with our spine surgeon 
constituency.  Feedback from these interactions helps us understand practitioners’ needs and positions us 
to see key trends ahead of the competition.

We are committed to the advancement of spine care through our support of numerous educational 

and research programs geared towards spine surgeons, such as:

•  national and regional educational courses;

• 

• 

• 

• 

intensive hands-on cadaveric training on new products and new techniques;

research collaboration and support;

educational support; and

fellowship support.

We devote significant resources to training and educating surgeons in the safe and effective use of 

our products and techniques.  In 2012, for example, we sponsored over 40 such programs in which over 
500 surgeons participated.  We have also made significant investments in the creation, staffing and 
program offerings of our Musculoskeletal Education and Research Center (“MERC”).  Through MERC 
we offer educational and training programs both internally in our modern bioskills laboratory and 100 
person lecture facility and externally through regionally-based didactic education and cadaveric bioskills 
training programs.  

We are highly focused on the training of Disruptive Technologies through programs such as our 
Skin-to-Skin® Series programs that feature intensive two day MIS training programs on thoracolumbar 
interbody fusion procedures and our lateral lumbar interbody fusion labs.  To complement these intensive 
cadaveric bioskills training programs, we also conduct a large number of product-based programs providing 
surgeons with informative didactic sessions coupled with hands-on-lab segments to allow surgeons to learn 
and experience new instrumentation and techniques.

We have a strong commitment to research performed in conjunction with surgeons from around the 
world.    Many  surgeons,  particularly  in  non-academic  settings,  lack  the  resources  to  pursue  academic 
investigation  of  areas  of  interest,  and  we  actively  support  these  research  opportunities  as  well  as 
opportunities in collaboration with leading academic institutions.  Supported by a large, focused research 
team, these efforts range from basic biomechanical testing conducted internally with our six degrees of 
freedom machine to support major clinical outcomes studies.  We are committed to providing the spine 
surgeon community with high quality research to support the new surgical techniques and novel product 
designs that we develop.

In  addition  to  the  programs  offered  by  MERC,  we  actively  participate  in  trade  and  industry 
organizations,  including  the  North American  Spine  Society,  the American Association  of  Neurological 
Surgeons and the International Society for the Advancement of Spine Surgery.  We annually provide support 
to such professional organizations in the form of restricted educational grants and support of specific product 

16

Table of Contents

workshop programs.  Promising spine surgeons routinely seek educational fellowships as an important part 
of building strong clinical skills.  We annually support these fellowships through academic institutions 
throughout the United States.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products through our exclusive global sales force.  As of December 31, 
2012, we had a direct or distributor sales presence in the United States and in 24 countries outside the 
United States.  In addition, we have hired a new sales force to market and sell our current and planned 
interventional pain management products, which we market under the trade name Algea Therapies®.  Algea 
Therapies  has  a  separate  sales  force  because  the  physicians  who  use  interventional  pain  management 
solutions are not limited to the neurosurgeons and orthopedic surgeons to whom our existing sales force 
currently markets our other products.  In addition to these surgeons, our Algea Therapies® sales force will 
also call on interventional radiologists and pain management physicians to sell these new products.  We 
intend to recruit additional sales representatives strategically to grow that business.  We expect to continue 
to increase the number of our direct and distributor sales representatives, both in the U.S. and internationally, 
to expand into new geographic territories and to deepen our penetration in existing territories.  We believe 
the expansion of our U.S. and international sales forces provides us with significant opportunities for future 
growth as we continue to penetrate existing geographic markets and enter new ones.

We have developed an intensive training program that all members of our direct and independent 
sales force are required to attend.  We expect that they will continue to develop a depth of knowledge and 
understanding of our products that will allow them to more effectively and efficiently generate sales.

Our sales representatives are present in the operating room during most surgeries in the United 
States and in many, but not all, of the other countries in which our products are sold.  Our representatives 
have the responsibility to confirm that all of the items needed in the surgery are sterilized and available to 
the surgeon and surgical staff.  Various sizes and quantities of implants are made available to be able to 
satisfy varying surgical requirements and patient anatomy, along with numerous surgical instruments and 
cases needed to safely perform the surgery and implantation.  As our products are used in surgeries, we 
ship replacement items to our sales representatives and hospitals to replenish their supply.

All of our independent distributors are compensated solely on commission.  Most of our new direct 
sales representatives start with a compensation arrangement that is largely based on salary.  Our goal is to 
have members of our direct sales force move toward a compensation model based solely on commission 
as they become familiar with our products and drive higher sales.

Suppliers and Inventory

Our products are generally manufactured through a network of over 100 international and domestic 
third-party suppliers.  Our suppliers utilize state-of-the-art, high precision, computer-aided manufacturing 
equipment to manufacture our products.  We have focused on developing a strong supplier base as part of 
our manufacturing strategy.  Our relationship with our suppliers enables significant interaction between 
our design engineers and project managers and the suppliers' engineers and schedulers to work through 
issues arising during the entire product development cycle.  Many of our suppliers, including our largest 
suppliers, are located within a 100-mile radius of the Philadelphia area, which affords our engineers and 
other members of our product development team the opportunity to work closely with them to commercialize 
our products.

17

Table of Contents

We  select  our  suppliers  carefully.   Our  internal  quality  assurance  group  evaluates  the  potential 
vendor through formal vendor approval process before we enter into a relationship with it.  Suppliers that 
meet our internal quality assurance standards are added to our approved supplier list. All of our suppliers 
who provide us with implants or human tissue are ISO-13485 certified, meaning they meet the International 
Organization for Standardization, or ISO, requirements for the manufacture of medical devices, and/or 
accredited by the American Association of Tissue Banks.  Our quality assurance group conducts periodic 
audits  to  ensure  continued  compliance  with  our  standards.  With  every  shipment  of  inventory  that  we 
receive, our suppliers provide a certificate of compliance with our quality control standards.  Our receiving 
group also performs inspections, packaging and labeling onsite at our headquarters facility.

We generally use a small number of suppliers for each of our key products for added reliability.  A 
small percentage of our products, chiefly some of our advanced biomaterials, are manufactured in-house 
at our headquarters.  We also use our facilities for inspection, packaging and labeling a large percentage 
of our inventory.  A majority of our product inventory is held primarily with our sales representatives and 
at hospitals throughout the United States.  We believe our supplier relationships and facilities will support 
our potential capacity needs for the foreseeable future.

We work closely with our suppliers to ensure that our inventory needs are met while maintaining 
high quality and reliability.  To date, we have not experienced significant difficulty in locating and obtaining 
the materials necessary to fulfill our production requirements, and we have not experienced a meaningful 
backlog of sales orders.

We stock inventory in our warehouse facilities and retain title to consigned inventory which is 
maintained with our field representatives and hospitals in sufficient quantities so that products are available 
when needed for surgical procedures.  Safety stock levels are determined based on a number of factors, 
including demand, manufacturing lead times and quantities required to maintain service levels.

Intellectual Property

We proactively protect our innovations by filing numerous U.S. and foreign patent applications and 
our growing intellectual property portfolio reflects significant investment.  Complementing our internally-
developed intellectual property holdings, we have also acquired intellectual property via the strategic purchase 
of patents in areas in which we have wished to commercialize products.  We employ in-house intellectual 
property lawyers who oversee the maintenance of our intellectual property assets.  As of December 31, 2012,  
we owned 135 issued U.S. patents (122 utility patents; 13 design patents) and had applications pending for 
279 U.S. patents (272 utility patent applications; seven design patent applications), and we owned 51 issued 
foreign patents and had applications pending for 94 foreign patents.  One of our issued patents expires in 
March 2015 and the rest of our issued patents expire between November 2019 and October 2031.  

Our trademark portfolio contains 87 registered trademarks and 45 pending trademarks.  Our portfolio 
includes domestic and foreign trademarks with associated logos and tag lines.  The following list includes 
all registered marks and pending marks.  All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this Annual 
Report are the property of their respective owners.

We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation, and may in the 
future rely upon licensing opportunities, to develop and maintain our competitive position.  We protect our 
proprietary  rights  through  a  variety  of  methods,  including  confidentiality  agreements  and  proprietary 
information  agreements  with  suppliers,  employees,  consultants  and  others  who  may  have  access  to 
proprietary information.

18

Table of Contents

Although we believe our patents are valuable, we also believe that our knowledge and experience 
and our trade secret information with respect to development and manufacturing processes, materials and 
product design have been equally important in maintaining our proprietary product lines.  As a condition 
of  employment,  we  generally  require  employees  to  execute  a  confidentiality  agreement  relating  to 
proprietary information and assigning patents and other intellectual property to us.

Competition

We believe that our significant competitors are Medtronic, the DePuy Synthes Companies (a division 
of Johnson & Johnson), Stryker and NuVasive, which together represent a significant portion of the spine 
market.  We also compete with smaller spine participants such as Alphatec Spine, Orthofix International, 
and Zimmer.  At any time, these or other market participants may develop alternative treatments, products 
or procedures for the treatment of spine disorders that compete directly or indirectly with our products.  
They may also develop and patent processes or products earlier than we can or obtain regulatory clearance 
or approvals for competing products more rapidly than we can.

We compete in the marketplace to recruit and retain qualified scientific, management and sales 
personnel, as well as in acquiring technologies and technology licenses complementary to our products or 
advantageous to our business.

Our currently marketed products are, and any future products we commercialize will be, subject to 
intense competition.  Many of our current and potential competitors are major medical device companies 
that  have  substantially  greater  financial,  technical  and  marketing  resources  than  we  do,  and  they  may 
succeed in developing products that would render our products obsolete or noncompetitive.  In addition, 
many of these competitors have significantly longer operating history and more established reputations 
than we do.  The spine market is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the 
introduction of new products or other market activities of industry participants.  Our ability to compete 
successfully will depend on our ability to develop proprietary products that reach the market in a timely 
manner, receive adequate coverage and reimbursement and are safer, less invasive and more effective than 
alternatives available for similar purposes.  Because of the size of the potential market, we anticipate that 
companies will dedicate significant resources to developing competing products.

Government Regulation 

Our business is subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign regulations.  Some of the pertinent 
laws have not been definitively interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions 
are open to a variety of subjective interpretations.  In addition, these laws and their interpretations are 
subject to change.

Both federal and state governmental agencies continue to subject the healthcare industry to intense 
regulatory scrutiny, including heightened civil and criminal enforcement efforts.  We believe that we have 
structured our business operations and relationships with our customers to comply with all applicable legal 
requirements.  However, it is possible that governmental entities or other third parties could interpret these 
laws differently and assert otherwise.  We discuss below the statutes and regulations that are most relevant 
to our business.

19

Table of Contents

U.S. Food and Drug Administration Regulation

Our products are medical devices and tissues subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other 
federal,  state,  local  and  foreign  regulatory  bodies.    FDA  regulations  govern,  among  other  things,  the 
following activities that we or our partners perform and will continue to perform:

•  product design and development;

•  product testing;

•  product manufacturing;

•  product safety;

•  post-market adverse event reporting;

•  post-market surveillance;

•  product labeling;

•  product storage;

• 

record keeping;

•  pre-market clearance or approval;

•  post-market approval studies;

• 

advertising and promotion; and

•  product sales and distribution.

FDA’s Pre-market Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United 
States will require either prior 510(k) clearance or prior approval of a PMA application from the FDA.  The 
FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes.  Devices deemed to pose lower risk are placed in 
either Class I or II, which requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a pre-market notification requesting 
permission for commercial distribution.  This process is known as 510(k) clearance.  Some low risk devices 
are exempt from this requirement.  Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-
sustaining,  life-supporting  or  implantable  devices,  or  devices  deemed  not  substantially  equivalent  to  a 
previously cleared 510(k) device are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a PMA application.  Both 
pre-market clearance and PMA applications are subject to the payment of user fees, paid at the time of 
submission for FDA review.  The FDA can also impose restrictions on the sale, distribution or use of devices 
at the time of their clearance or approval, or subsequent to marketing.

20

Table of Contents

510(k) Clearance Pathway

To  obtain  510(k)  clearance,  we  must  submit  a  pre-market  notification  demonstrating  that  the 
proposed device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or a device that was in 
commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of 
PMA applications.  The FDA’s 510(k) clearance pathway usually takes from three to 12 months from the 
date  the  application  is  completed,  but  it  can  take  significantly  longer  and  clearance  is  never  assured.  
Although many 510(k) pre-market notifications are cleared without clinical data, in some cases, the FDA 
requires significant clinical data to support substantial equivalence.  In reviewing a pre-market notification, 
the FDA may request additional information, including clinical data, which may significantly prolong the 
review process.  After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect 
its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new 
510(k) clearance or could require a PMA application.  The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this 
determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s 
determination.  If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination regarding whether a new pre-
market  submission  is  required  for  the  modification  of  an  existing  device,  the  FDA  can  require  the 
manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or approval of a 
PMA  application  is  obtained.    If  the  FDA  requires  us  to  seek  510(k)  clearance  or  approval  of  a  PMA 
application for any modifications to a previously cleared product, we may be required to cease marketing 
or recall the modified device until we obtain this clearance or approval.  Also, in these circumstances, we 
may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties for failure to submit the requisite PMA application.  
We have made and plan to continue to make minor additional product enhancements that we believe do 
not require new 510(k) clearances.  In addition, the FDA is currently evaluating the 510(k) process and 
may make substantial changes to industry requirements, including which devices are eligible for 510(k) 
clearance,  the  ability  to  rescind  previously  granted  510(k)s  and  additional  requirements  that  may 
significantly impact the process.

Pre-market Approval Pathway

A PMA application must be submitted if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process 
and requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction.  Accordingly, a 
PMA application must be supported by extensive data including, but not limited to, technical information 
regarding device design and development, preclinical and clinical trials, data and manufacturing and labeling 
to support the FDA’s determination that the device is safe and effective for its intended use.  After a PMA 
application is complete, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information, which generally 
takes between one and three years, but may take significantly longer.  During this review period, the FDA 
may request additional information or clarification of information already provided.  Also during the review 
period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the 
application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device.  In addition, 
the FDA will conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with 
Quality  System  Regulations  (“QSRs”)  which  impose  elaborate  design  development,  testing,  control, 
documentation and other quality assurance procedures in the design and manufacturing process.  The FDA 
may  approve  a  PMA  application  with  post-approval  conditions  intended  to  ensure  the  safety  and 
effectiveness of the device including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and 
distribution and collection of long-term follow-up data from patients in the clinical study that supported 
approval.  Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in materially adverse enforcement 
action,  including  the  loss  or  withdrawal  of  the  approval.    New  PMA  applications  or  PMA  application 
supplements are required for significant modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling and design 
of a device that is approved through the PMA process.  PMA supplements often require submission of the 

21

Table of Contents

same type of information as a PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed 
to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA application, and may not require as 
extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

Clinical Trials

A clinical trial is almost always required to support a PMA application and may be required for a 
510(k) pre-market notification.  These trials generally require submission of an application for an IDE to 
the FDA.  The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing 
results, showing that it is safe to evaluate the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically 
sound.  The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of subjects, 
unless  the  product  is  deemed  a  non-significant  risk  device  and  eligible  for  more  abbreviated  IDE 
requirements.  Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved 
by the FDA and the responsible institutional review boards.  There can be no assurance that submission of 
an IDE will result in the ability to commence clinical trials.  Additionally, after a trial begins, the FDA may 
place it on hold or terminate it if, among other reasons, it concludes that the clinical subjects are exposed 
to an unacceptable health risk.  During a study, we are required to comply with the FDA’s IDE requirements 
for investigator selection, trial monitoring, reporting, record keeping and prohibitions on the promotion of 
investigational  devices  or  making  safety  or  efficacy  claims  for  them.   We  are  also  responsible  for  the 
appropriate labeling and distribution of investigational devices.  The investigators must also obtain patient 
informed consent, rigorously follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of 
investigational devices, and comply with all reporting and record keeping requirements.  The FDA’s grant 
of permission to proceed with clinical testing does not constitute a binding commitment that the FDA will 
consider the study design adequate to support clearance or approval.  In addition, there can be no assurance 
that  the  data  generated  during  a  clinical  study  will  meet  chosen  safety  and  effectiveness  endpoints  or 
otherwise produce results that will lead the FDA to grant marketing clearance or approval.  ACADIA® and 
TRIUMPH® are currently in human clinical trials under IDEs.  We expect to launch additional clinical trials 
under IDEs for devices which we also expect will be required to undergo the PMA process.  Our clinical 
trials must be conducted in accordance with FDA regulations and other federal regulations and state laws 
concerning human subject protection and privacy.  The results of our clinical trials may not be sufficient 
to obtain clearance or approval of our product.

Human Cell, Tissue and Cellular and Tissue Based Products

We  currently  distribute  MAINTAIN®  machined  allograft  and  XEMPLIFI®  demineralized  bone 
matrix, both of which are manufactured by third-party suppliers.  Tissue-only products are regulated by 
the FDA as Human Cell, Tissue and Cellular and Tissue Based Products.  FDA regulations do not currently 
require 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA application before marketing these products.  Tissue banks 
must  register  their  establishments,  list  products  with  the  FDA  and  comply  with  Current  Good  Tissue 
Practices for Human Cell, Tissue and Cellular and Tissue Based Product Establishments.

The FDA periodically inspects tissue processors to determine compliance with these requirements.  
Violations of applicable regulations noted by the FDA during facility inspections could adversely affect 
the continued marketing of our products.  We believe we comply with all aspects of the Current Good 
Tissue Practices (“CGTPs”), although there can be no assurance that we will comply, or will comply on a 
timely basis, in the future.  Entities that provide us with allograft bone tissue are responsible for performing 
donor recovery, donor screening and donor testing and our compliance with those aspects of the CGTPs 
regulations that regulate those functions are dependent upon the actions of these independent entities.

22

Table of Contents

The procurement and transplantation of allograft bone tissue is subject to U.S. federal law pursuant 
to the National Organ Transplant Act (“NOTA”), a criminal statute which prohibits the purchase and sale 
of  human  organs  used  in  human  transplantation,  including  bone  and  related  tissue,  for  “valuable 
consideration.”    NOTA  permits  reasonable  payments  associated  with  the  removal,  transportation, 
processing, preservation, quality control, implantation and storage of human bone tissue.  With the exception 
of removal and implantation, we provide services in all of these areas.  We make payments to vendors in 
consideration for the services they provide in connection with the recovery and screening of donors.  Failure 
to comply with the requirements of NOTA could result in enforcement action against us.

The procurement of human tissue is also subject to state anatomical gift acts and some states have 
statutes similar to NOTA.  In addition, some states require that tissue processors be licensed by that state.  
Failure to comply with state laws could also result in enforcement action against us.

Pervasive and Continuing FDA Regulation

After  a  device  is  placed  on  the  market,  regardless  of  its  classification  or  pre-market  pathway, 

numerous regulatory requirements apply.  These include, but are not limited to:

• 

establishing registration and device listings with the FDA;

•  quality  system  regulation,  which  requires  manufacturers  to  follow  stringent  design,  testing, 

process control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures;

• 

labeling regulations, which prohibit the promotion of products for uncleared or unapproved, i.e. 
“off-label,” uses and impose other restrictions on labeling;

•  medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their 
device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that 
would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur;

• 

corrections and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the 
FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health 
posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act 
(“FDCA”) that may present a risk to health; and

• 

requirements to conduct post-market surveillance studies to establish continued safety data.

The FDA enforces these requirements by inspection and market surveillance.  Failure to comply 
with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include 
any of the following sanctions:

•  untitled letters or warning letters;

• 

• 

fines, injunctions and civil penalties;

recall or seizure of our products;

•  operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

23

Table of Contents

• 

refusing our request for 510(k) clearance or PMA of new products;

•  withdrawing 510(k) clearance or PMAs that are already granted; and

• 

criminal prosecution.

We are subject to unannounced device inspections by the FDA, the Office of Compliance, the Center 
for Devices and Radiological Health, and the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, as well as 
other regulatory agencies overseeing the implementation and adherence of applicable state and federal 
tissue licensing regulations.  These inspections may include our suppliers’ facilities.

International

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which vary 
substantially from country to country.  In order to market our products in other countries, we must obtain 
regulatory approvals and comply with extensive safety and quality regulations in other countries.  The time 
required  to  obtain  approval  by  a  foreign  country  may  be  longer  or  shorter  than  that  required  for  FDA 
clearance or approval, and the requirements may differ.  The European Union/European Economic Area 
(“EU/EEA”) requires CE conformity mark in order to market medical devices.  Many other countries, such 
as Australia, India, New Zealand, Pakistan and Sri Lanka, accept CE or FDA clearance or approval although 
others, such as Brazil, Canada and Japan require separate regulatory filings.

In the EEA, our devices are required to comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical 
Device Directive.  Compliance with these requirements entitles us to affix the CE conformity mark to our 
medical devices, without which they cannot be commercialized in the EEA.  To demonstrate compliance 
with the essential requirements and obtain the right to affix the CE conformity mark we must undergo a 
conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification.  
Except for low risk medical devices (Class I), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of 
Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the essential requirements 
of the Medical Device Directive, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a Notified 
Body, which is an organization accredited by a Member State of the EEA to conduct conformity assessments.  
The Notified Body would typically audit and examine the quality system for the manufacture, design and 
final inspection of our devices before issuing a certification demonstrating compliance with the essential 
requirements.  Based on this certification we can draw up an EC Declaration of Conformity which allows 
us to affix the CE mark to our products.  We have now successfully passed several Notified Body audits 
since  our  original  certification  in  February  2006,  granting  us  ISO  registration  and  allowing  the  CE 
conformity marking to be applied to certain of our devices under the EU Medical Device Directive.

Additionally in the EEA, the procurement, testing, processing, preservation, storage and distribution 
of human tissues and cells is subject to the requirements of the laws of individual EEA Member States 
implementing Directive 2004/23/EC, Directive 2006/17/EC and Directive 2006/86/EC.

Further, the advertising and promotion of our products in the EEA is subject to the laws of individual 
EEA Member States implementing the EU Medical Device Directive, Directive 2006/114/EC concerning 
misleading and comparative advertising, and Directive 2005/29/EC on unfair commercial practices, as well 
as other EEA Member State laws governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices.  These laws 
may limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose 
limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare professionals.

24

Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing Commercial Compliance 

Federal anti-kickback laws and regulations prohibit, among other things, persons from knowingly 
and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for, 
or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or 
service paid for under federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs.  Possible 
sanctions for violation of these anti-kickback laws include monetary fines, civil and criminal penalties, 
exclusion from Medicare and Medicaid programs and forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of such 
prohibitions.

In addition, federal false claims laws prohibit any person from knowingly presenting, or causing 
to be presented, a false claim for payment to the federal government, or knowingly making, or causing to 
be made, a false statement to get a false claim paid.  Off-label promotion has been pursued as a violation 
of the federal false claims laws.  Pursuant to FDA regulations, we can only market our products for cleared 
or approved uses.  Although surgeons are permitted to use medical devices for indications other than those 
cleared  or  approved  by  the  FDA  based  on  their  medical  judgment,  we  are  prohibited  from  promoting 
products for such off-label uses.  Additionally, the majority of states in which we market our products have 
similar anti-kickback, false claims, anti-fee splitting and self-referral laws, which may apply to items or 
services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, and violations may result in 
substantial civil and criminal penalties.

To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) has increased 
its scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers which has led to an 
unprecedented level of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry.  
Dealing with investigations can be time- and resource-consuming.  Additionally, if a healthcare company 
settles an investigation with the DOJ or other law enforcement agencies, the company may be required to 
agree to additional compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity 
agreement.

The  United  States  and  foreign  government  regulators  have  increased  regulation,  enforcement, 
inspections  and  governmental  investigations  of  the  medical  device  industry,  including  increased  U.S. 
government oversight and enforcement of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”).  Whenever a 
governmental authority concludes that we are not in compliance with applicable laws or regulations, that 
authority can impose fines, delay or suspend regulatory clearances, institute proceedings to detain or seize 
our products, issue a recall, impose operating restrictions, enjoin future violations and assess civil penalties 
against us or our officers or employees and can recommend criminal prosecution.  Moreover, governmental 
authorities can ban or request the recall, repair, replacement or refund of the cost of devices we distribute.

Additionally,  the  commercial  compliance  environment  is  continually  evolving  in  the  healthcare 
industry  as  some  states,  including  California,  Massachusetts  and  Vermont,  mandate  implementation  of 
corporate  compliance  programs,  along  with  the  tracking  and  reporting  of  gifts,  compensation  and  other 
remuneration to physicians. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care 
and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively “PPACA”) also imposes new reporting and 
disclosure requirements on device manufacturers for any “transfer of value” made or distributed to prescribers 
and other healthcare providers, effective August 1, 2013.  Such information will be made publicly available 
in a searchable format beginning September 30, 2014. Device manufacturers will also be required to report 
and disclose any investment interests held by physicians and their family members during the preceding 
calendar year. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an 

25

Table of Contents

aggregate of $150,000 per year (and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”), for 
all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual submission. 
The shifting compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to 
comply  in  multiple  jurisdictions  with  different  compliance  and/or  reporting  requirements  increases  the 
possibility that a healthcare company may run afoul of one or more of the requirements.

Third-Party Coverage and Reimbursement 

We expect that, in the future, sales volumes and prices of our products may grow to be more dependent 
on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, such as governmental programs 
including Medicare and Medicaid, private insurance plans and managed care programs.  Reimbursement 
is contingent on established coding for a given procedure, coverage of the codes by the third-party payors 
and adequate payment for the resources used.

Physician coding for procedures is established by the American Medical Association.  For coding 
related to spine surgery, the North American Spine Society is the primary liaison to the American Medical 
Association.    The  Centers  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid  Services  (“CMS”),  the  agency  responsible  for 
administering Medicare and the National Center for Health Statistics, are jointly responsible for overseeing 
changes and modifications to billing codes used by hospitals for reporting inpatient procedures, and many 
private payors use coverage decisions and payment amounts determined by CMS for Medicare as guidelines 
in setting their coverage and reimbursement policies.  All physician and hospital coding is subject to change 
which could impact coverage and reimbursement and physician practice behavior.

Independent of the coding status, third-party payors may deny coverage based on their own criteria, 
such as if they believe that the clinical efficacy of a device or procedure is not well established and is 
deemed experimental or investigational, is not the most cost-effective treatment available, or is used for 
an unapproved indication.  We will continue to provide the appropriate resources to patients, physicians, 
hospitals and insurers in order to promote the best inpatient care and clarity regarding reimbursement and 
work to reverse any non-coverage policies.  For some governmental programs, such as Medicaid, coverage 
and reimbursement differ from state to state, and some state Medicaid programs may not pay an adequate 
amount for the procedures performed with our products, if any payment is made at all.  As the portion of 
the  U.S.  population  over  the  age  of  65  and  eligible  for  Medicaid  continues  to  grow,  we  may  be  more 
vulnerable to coverage and reimbursement limitations imposed by CMS.  National and regional coverage 
policy decisions are subject to unforeseeable change and have the potential to impact physician behavior.

In  international  markets,  reimbursement  and  healthcare  payment  systems  vary  significantly  by 
country  and  many  countries  have  instituted  price  ceilings  on  specific  product  lines.   There  can  be  no 
assurance that our products will be accepted by third-party payors, that coverage and reimbursement will 
be  available  or,  if  available,  that  the  third-party  payors’  coverage  and  reimbursement  policies  will  not 
adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably.

Particularly in the United States, third-party payors carefully review, and increasingly challenge, 
the prices charged for procedures and medical products as well as any technology that they, in their own 
judgment,  consider  experimental  or  investigational.    In  addition,  an  increasing  percentage  of  insured 
individuals are receiving their medical care through managed care programs, which monitor and often 
require pre-approval or pre-authorization of the services that a member will receive.  For example, certain 
insurers, such as Cigna, Blue Cross Blue Shield of North Carolina and First Coast (the administrator of 
Medicare in Florida), have changed their coverage policies such that they will no longer cover and reimburse 
for vertebral fusions in the lumbar spine to treat multilevel DDD or initial primary laminectomy/discectomy 

26

Table of Contents

for nerve root decompression or spinal stenosis without documented spondylolisthesis.  Many managed 
care programs are paying their providers on a capitated basis, which puts the providers at financial risk for 
the services provided to their patients by paying them a predetermined amount per member per month.  
The percentage of individuals covered by managed care programs is expected to grow in the United States 
over the next decade.

We believe that the overall escalating cost of medical products and services has led to, and will 
continue to lead to, increased pressures on the healthcare industry  to reduce the costs  of products  and 
services.  There can be no assurance that third-party coverage and reimbursement will be available or 
adequate, or that future legislation, regulation, or coverage and reimbursement policies of third-party payors 
will not adversely affect the demand for our products or our ability to sell these products on a profitable 
basis.   The  unavailability  or  inadequacy  of  third-party  payor  coverage  or  reimbursement  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Healthcare Fraud and Abuse 

Healthcare fraud and abuse laws apply to our business when a customer submits a claim for an item 
or service that is reimbursed under Medicare, Medicaid or most other federally-funded healthcare programs.  
The federal Anti-Kickback Law prohibits unlawful inducements for the referral of business reimbursable 
under federally-funded healthcare programs, such as remuneration provided to physicians to induce them 
to use certain tissue products or medical devices reimbursable by Medicare or Medicaid.  The Anti-Kickback 
Law is subject to evolving interpretations.  For example, the government has enforced the Anti-Kickback 
Law to reach large settlements with healthcare companies based on sham consultant arrangements with 
physicians.  The majority of states also have anti-kickback laws which establish similar prohibitions that 
may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.  Further, 
the PPACA, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal anti-kickback and criminal 
healthcare fraud statutes.  A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or 
specific intent to violate it.  In addition, the PPACA provides that the government may assert that a claim 
including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false 
or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes.

If a governmental authority were to conclude that we are not in compliance with applicable laws 
and regulations, we, our officers and employees could be subject to severe criminal and civil penalties 
including, for example, exclusion from participation as a supplier of product to beneficiaries covered by 
Medicare or Medicaid.

Additionally, the civil False Claims Act prohibits knowingly presenting or causing the presentation 
of a false, fictitious or fraudulent claim for payment to the U.S. government.  Actions under the False Claims 
Act may be brought by the Attorney General or as a qui tam action by a private individual in the name of 
the government.  Violations of the False Claims Act can result in very significant monetary penalties and 
treble damages.  The federal government is using the False Claims Act, and the accompanying threat of 
significant liability, in its investigations of healthcare providers and suppliers throughout the country for a 
wide  variety  of  Medicare  billing  practices,  and  has  obtained  multi-million  and  multi-billion  dollar 
settlements in addition to individual criminal convictions.  Given the significant size of actual and potential 
settlements, it is expected that the government will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating 
healthcare providers’ and suppliers’ compliance with the healthcare reimbursement rules and fraud and 
abuse laws.

27

Table of Contents

Environmental Matters 

The manufacture of certain of our products, including our allograft implants and products, and the 
handling of materials used in the product testing process, including in our cadaveric laboratory, involve 
the controlled use of biological, hazardous and/or radioactive materials and wastes.  Our business and 
facilities and those of our suppliers are subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations 
relating  to  the  protection  of  human  health  and  the  environment,  including  those  governing  the  use, 
manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of, and exposure to, such materials and wastes.  In addition, 
under some environmental laws and regulations, we could be held responsible for costs relating to any 
contamination  at  our  past  or  present  facilities  and  at  third-party  waste  disposal  sites  even  if  such 
contamination was not caused by us. 

We are not, however, currently aware of any material costs or liabilities relating to environmental 
matters, including any claims or actions under environmental laws or obligations to perform any cleanups 
at any of our facilities or any third-party waste disposal sites, that we expect to have a material adverse 
effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  or  operating  results.    However,  it  is  possible  that  material 
environmental costs or liabilities may arise in the future.

Employees

As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 810 employees, including sales and marketing, 
product development, general administrative and accounting, both domestically and internationally.  None 
of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement and we consider our relationship with our 
employees to be good. 

Facilities

Our headquarters are located in Audubon, Pennsylvania, which comprise approximately 245,000 
square feet of owned space, of which 112,000 square feet was acquired in December 2012 for $4.2 million.  
Our headquarters houses our research, product development, education, administration, warehouse and 
shipping functions, as well as our in-house manufacturing facility.  Research, product development and 
education activities occupy approximately 50,000 square feet of our headquarters.  We believe our facilities 
are adequate and suitable for our current needs.

Financial Information about Geographic Areas

For financial information about the geographic areas in which we derive revenues, see “Item 8. 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements; Note 
17. Segment and Geographic Information” below.

Corporate and Available Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in March 2003.  Our principal executive offices are located at 
2560 General Armistead Avenue, Audubon, Pennsylvania 19403, and our telephone number at that location 
is  (610) 930-1800.    Our  corporate  website  address  is  http://www.globusmedical.com.   The  information 
contained in or accessible through our website or contained on other websites is not deemed to be part of 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

28

Table of Contents

We are subject to the filing requirements of the Exchange Act.  Therefore, we file annual reports, 
periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.  Such reports, proxy statements 
and other information may be obtained by visiting the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549.  You may obtain information regarding the 
operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  In addition, the SEC 
maintains  a  website  (www.sec.gov)  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  other 
information regarding issuers that file electronically.

We make our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on 
Form 8-K and all amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 
Exchange Act available free of charge through a link on the Investors section of our website located at 
http://www.globusmedical.com (under “SEC Filings”) as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed 
with or furnished to the SEC.

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

Risk factors that could cause our actual results to differ from our expectations and that could negatively 
impact our business, results of operations and financial condition are discussed below and elsewhere in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.  If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, results of operations, 
financial condition and future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected.  You should 
carefully read and consider each of these risks, together with all of the other information set forth in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face.  
Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may 
also materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and future growth 
prospects, and our stock price.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry 

To be commercially successful, we must convince spine surgeons that our Innovative Fusion products are 
an attractive alternative to our competitors’ products and that our Disruptive Technologies are an attractive 
alternative to existing surgical treatments of spine disorders.

Spine surgeons play a significant role in determining the course of treatment and, ultimately, the type 
of product that will be used to treat a patient, so we rely on effectively marketing to them.  In order for us to 
sell our Innovative Fusion products, we must convince spine surgeons that they are attractive alternatives to 
competing products for use in spine fusion procedures.  Acceptance of our Innovative Fusion products depends 
on  educating  spine  surgeons  as  to  the  distinctive  characteristics,  perceived  benefits,  safety  and  cost-
effectiveness of our Innovative Fusion products as compared to our competitors’ products and on training 
spine surgeons in the proper application of our Innovative Fusion products.  If we are not successful in 
convincing spine surgeons of the merit of our Innovative Fusion products or educating them on the use of 
our products, they may not use our products and we will be unable to increase our sales and sustain growth 
or profitability. 

Furthermore, we believe spine surgeons will not widely adopt our Disruptive Technology products 
unless they determine, based on experience, clinical data and published peer-reviewed journal articles, that 
MIS techniques and our motion preservation and advanced biomaterials technologies provide benefits or are 
an attractive alternative to conventional treatments of spine disorders and incorporate improved technologies 
that permit novel surgical procedures.  Surgeons may be hesitant to change their medical treatment practices 
for the following reasons, among others:

29

Table of Contents

lack of experience with MIS or our motion preservation or advanced biomaterials technologies;
lack or perceived lack of evidence supporting additional patient benefits;

• 
• 
•  perceived liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and procedures;
• 
• 
• 

limited or lack of availability of coverage and reimbursement within healthcare payment systems;
costs associated with the purchase of new products and equipment; and
the time commitment that may be required for training.

We have also recently implemented plans to begin selling our existing and planned interventional 
pain  management  products,  including  our  existing  AFFIRM®  kyphoplasty  product.    We  have  limited 
experience selling these types of products and selling to certain physician specialists who use them.  If we 
are unable to market these products to physicians successfully, we will not achieve expected sales, and our 
financial condition and results of operation may be adversely affected.

In addition, we believe recommendations and support of our products by influential spine surgeons 
are essential for market acceptance and adoption.  If we do not receive support from such surgeons or long-
term data does not show the benefits of using our products, surgeons may not use our products.  In such 
circumstances, we may not achieve expected sales and may be unable to maintain profitability.

Pricing pressure from our competitors and changes in third-party coverage and reimbursement may impact 
our ability to sell our products at prices necessary to support our current business strategies. 

The spine market has attracted numerous new companies and technologies, and encouraged more 
established companies to intensify competitive pricing pressure.  As a result of this increased competition, 
we believe there will be increased pricing pressure in the future.  Because the hospital and other healthcare 
provider customers that purchase our products typically bill various third-party payors to cover all or a portion 
of the costs and fees associated with the procedures in which our products are used, including the cost of the 
purchase of our products, changes in the amount such payors are willing to reimburse our customers for 
procedures using our products could create pricing pressure for us.  If competitive forces drive down the 
prices we are able to charge for our products, our profit margins will shrink, which will adversely affect our 
ability to invest in and grow our business.

Additionally,  even  if our  customers are currently able to  obtain coverage  and reimbursement for 
procedures using our products, adverse changes in payors’ coverage and reimbursement policies that affect 
our products could harm our ability to market and sell our products.  For example, some payors, (e.g., Cigna, 
Blue Cross Blue Shield of North Carolina and First Coast (the administrator of Medicare in Florida)) have 
changed their coverage policies to be more restrictive as to the criteria under which they will cover and 
reimburse for vertebral fusions in the lumbar spine to treat multilevel DDD, initial primary laminectomy/
discectomy for nerve root decompression, or spinal stenosis.  Although these coverage policy changes have 
not had a material impact on our business, patients covered by these insurers, or other insurers who make 
similar coverage decisions in the future, may be unwilling or unable to afford to have lumbar fusion surgeries 
to treat these conditions, which could materially harm or limit our ability to sell our products designed for 
lumbar fusion procedures.  Our business would be negatively impacted if the trend by third-party payors 
continues to reduce coverage of and/or reimbursement for procedures using our products.

Moreover, we are unable to predict what changes will be made to the reimbursement methodologies 
used by third-party payors in the future.  We cannot be certain that under current and future payment systems, 
in which healthcare providers may be reimbursed a set amount based on the type of procedure performed on 
a prospective basis, such as those utilized by Medicare and in many privately managed care systems, the 
cost of our products will be justified and incorporated into the overall cost of the procedure.

30

Table of Contents

As we expand into international markets, we will face similar risks relating to adverse changes in 
coverage  and  reimbursement  procedures  and  policies  in  those  markets.    Reimbursement  and  healthcare 
payment  systems  vary  significantly  among  international  markets.    Our  inability  to  obtain  international 
coverage and reimbursement approval, or any adverse changes in coverage and the reimbursement policies 
of foreign third-party payors, could negatively affect our ability to sell our products. 

If  our  hospital  and  other  healthcare  provider  customers  are  unable  to  obtain  adequate  coverage  and 
reimbursement for their purchases of our products, it is unlikely that our products will gain widespread 
acceptance. 

Maintaining and growing sales of our products depends on the availability of adequate coverage and 
reimbursement from third-party payors, including government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, 
private insurance plans and managed care programs.  Hospitals and other healthcare providers that purchase 
medical devices, such as the ones that we manufacture for treatment of their patients, generally rely on third-
party payors to pay for all or part of the costs and fees associated with the procedures performed with these 
devices,  including  the  cost  to  purchase  the  product.    Our  customers’  access  to  adequate  coverage  and 
reimbursement for the procedures performed with our products by government and private insurance plans 
is central to the acceptance of our current and future products.  We may be unable to sell our products on a 
profitable basis if third-party payors deny coverage or reduce their current levels of payment, or if our costs 
of production increase faster than increases in reimbursement levels.  Private payors may adopt coverage 
decisions  and  payment  amounts  determined  by  the  CMS  which  administers  the  Medicare  program,  as 
guidelines in setting their coverage and reimbursement policies.  Future action by CMS or other government 
agencies may diminish payments to physicians, outpatient surgery centers and/or hospitals.  Private payors 
that do not follow the Medicare guidelines may adopt different coverage and reimbursement policies for 
procedures performed with our products.  For some governmental programs, such as Medicaid, coverage 
and reimbursement differ from state to state, and some state Medicaid programs may not pay an adequate 
amount for the procedures performed with our products, if any payment is made at all.  As the portion of the 
U.S. population over the age of 65 and eligible for Medicare continues to grow, we may be more vulnerable 
to coverage and reimbursement limitations imposed by CMS.  Furthermore, the healthcare industry in the 
United States has experienced a trend toward cost containment as government and private insurers seek to 
control healthcare costs by imposing lower payment rates and negotiating reduced contract rates with service 
providers.  Therefore, we cannot be certain that the procedures performed with our products will be reimbursed 
at a cost-effective level.

To the extent we sell our products internationally, market acceptance may depend, in part, upon the 
availability of coverage and reimbursement within prevailing healthcare payment systems.  Reimbursement 
and healthcare payment systems in international markets vary significantly by country, and include both 
government-sponsored healthcare and  private insurance.   We  may not  obtain international coverage  and 
reimbursement approvals in a timely manner, if at all.  Our failure to receive such approvals would negatively 
impact market acceptance of our products in the international markets in which those approvals are sought.

If we are unable to maintain and expand our network of direct sales representatives and independent 
distributors, we may not be able to generate anticipated sales.

Because we were formed in 2003, we have limited experience marketing and selling our products.  
Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of not only our employees, 
but also our independent distributors.  We expect our direct sales representatives and independent distributors 
to develop long-lasting relationships with the surgeons they serve.  If our direct sales representatives or 
independent distributors fail to adequately promote, market and sell our products, our sales could significantly 
decrease.

31

Table of Contents

We  face  significant  challenges  and  risks  in  managing  our  geographically  dispersed  distribution 
network and retaining the individuals who make up that network.  If any of our direct sales representatives 
were to leave us, or if any of our independent distributors were to cease to do business with us, our sales 
could be adversely affected.  Some of our independent distributors account for a significant portion of our 
sales volume, and if any such independent distributor were to cease to distribute our products, our sales could 
be adversely affected.  In such a situation, we may need to seek alternative independent distributors or increase 
our reliance on our direct sales representatives, which may not prevent our sales from being adversely affected.  
If  a  direct  sales  representative  or  independent  distributor  were  to  depart  and  be  retained  by  one  of  our 
competitors, we may be unable to prevent them from helping competitors solicit business from our existing 
customers,  which  could  further  adversely  affect  our  sales.    Because  of  the  intense  competition  for  their 
services, we may be unable to recruit or retain additional qualified independent distributors or to hire additional 
direct sales representatives to work with us.  We may not be able to enter into agreements with them on 
favorable  or  commercially  reasonable  terms,  if  at  all.    Failure  to  hire  or  retain  qualified  direct  sales 
representatives or independent distributors would prevent us from expanding our business and generating 
sales.

As we launch new products and increase our marketing efforts with respect to existing products, we 
will need to expand the reach of our marketing and sales networks.  Our future success will depend largely 
on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled direct sales representatives and independent 
distributors with significant technical knowledge in various areas, such as spinal care practices, spine injuries 
and disease and spinal health.  New hires require training and take time to achieve full productivity.  If we 
fail to train new hires adequately, or if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, we cannot 
be certain that new hires will become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales.

If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capabilities domestically and internationally, we 
may not be able to effectively commercialize our products, which would adversely affect our business, results 
of operations and financial condition.

We operate in a very competitive business environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against 
our existing or potential competitors, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected and we 
may not grow.

Our currently marketed products are, and any future products we commercialize will be, subject to 
intense competition.  Many of our current and potential competitors are major medical device companies 
that have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do, and they may succeed 
in developing products that would render our products obsolete or noncompetitive.  In addition, many of 
these competitors have significantly longer operating history and more established reputations than we do.  
The spine industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the introduction 
of new products or other market activities of industry participants.  Our ability to compete successfully will 
depend on our ability to develop proprietary products that reach the market in a timely manner, receive 
adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, and are safer, less invasive and more effective 
than alternatives available for similar purposes.  Because of the size of the potential market, we anticipate 
that companies will dedicate significant resources to developing competing products.

We believe that our significant competitors are Medtronic, the DePuy Synthes Companies (a division 
of Johnson & Johnson), Stryker and NuVasive, which together represent a significant portion of the spine 
market.    We  also  compete  with  smaller  spine  market  participants  such  as  Alphatec  Spine,  Orthofix 
International  and  Zimmer.    At  any  time,  these  or  other  industry  participants  may  develop  alternative 
treatments, products or procedures for the treatment of spine disorders that compete directly or indirectly 
with our products.  They may also develop and patent processes or products earlier than we can or obtain 
32

Table of Contents

regulatory clearance or approvals for competing products more rapidly than we can, which could impair our 
ability to develop and commercialize similar processes or products.  If alternative treatments are, or are 
perceived to be, superior to our spine surgery products, sales of our products could be negatively affected 
and our results of operations could suffer.

Many of our larger competitors enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including:

•  greater financial, human and other resources for product research and development, sales and 

marketing and litigation;
significantly greater name recognition;
established relationships with spine surgeons, hospitals and other healthcare providers;
large and established sales and marketing and distribution networks;

• 
• 
• 
•  products supported by long-term clinical data;
•  greater experience in obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearances or approvals for products 

and product enhancements;

•  more expansive portfolios of intellectual property rights; and
•  greater  ability  to  cross-sell  their  products  or  to  incentivize  hospitals  or  surgeons  to  use  their 

products.

The spine industry is becoming increasingly crowded with new participants.  Many of these new 
competitors specialize in a specific product or focus on a particular market segment, making it more difficult 
for us to increase our overall market position.  The frequent introduction by competitors of products that are 
or claim to be superior to our products or that are alternatives to our existing or planned products may also 
create market confusion that may make it difficult to differentiate the benefits of our products over competing 
products.  In addition, the entry of multiple new products and competitors may lead some of our competitors 
to employ pricing strategies that could adversely affect the pricing of our products and pricing in the spine 
market generally.

As a result, without the timely introduction of new products and enhancements, our products may 
become obsolete over time.  If we are unable to develop innovative new products, maintain competitive 
pricing and offer products that spine surgeons perceive to be as reliable as those of our competitors, our sales 
or margins could decrease, thereby harming our business.

We are dependent on a limited number of third-party suppliers for most of our products and components, 
and the loss of any of these suppliers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials, 
could harm our business.

We rely on third-party suppliers to supply substantially all of our products.  For us to be successful, 
our suppliers must be able to provide us with products and components in substantial quantities, in compliance 
with regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a 
timely basis.  Our anticipated growth could strain the ability of our suppliers to deliver an increasingly large 
supply  of  products,  materials  and  components.    Suppliers  often  experience  difficulties  in  scaling  up 
production, including problems with production yields and quality control and assurance, especially with 
products such as allograft, which is processed human tissue.  Our supplier agreements set forth terms, such 
as quality and delivery requirements, by which we would purchase products from the supplier if the supplier 
were to accept a purchase order from us.  Under our supplier agreements, however, we generally have no 
obligation to buy any given quantity of products, and our suppliers have no obligation to manufacture for us 
or sell to us any given quantity of products.  As a result, we may face difficulties in obtaining acceptance for 
our purchase orders, which could impair our ability to purchase adequate quantities of our products.  If we 

33

Table of Contents

are unable to obtain sufficient quantities of high quality components to meet demand on a timely basis, we 
could lose customers, our reputation may be harmed and our business could suffer.

We generally use a small number of suppliers for each of our products.  Our dependence on such a 
limited number of suppliers exposes us to risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality 
and delivery schedules.  If any one or more of our suppliers cease to provide us with sufficient quantities of 
manufactured products in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, or cease to manufacture components 
of acceptable quality, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply.  Because of the nature of our 
internal quality control requirements, regulatory requirements and the custom and proprietary nature of the 
parts, we cannot quickly engage additional or replacement suppliers for many of our critical components.  
Failure of any of our third-party suppliers to deliver products at the level our business requires would limit 
our ability to meet our sales commitments to our customers and could have a material adverse effect on our 
business.  We may also have difficulty obtaining similar components from other suppliers that are acceptable 
to the FDA, the competent authorities or notified bodies of the Member States of the EEA, which is composed 
of the 27 Member States of the EU, plus Norway, Iceland, and Liechtenstein, or other foreign regulatory 
authorities, and the failure of our suppliers to comply with strictly enforced regulatory requirements could 
expose us to regulatory action including warning letters, product recalls, termination of distribution, product 
seizures or civil penalties.  We could incur delays while we locate and engage qualified alternative suppliers, 
and we may be unable to engage alternative suppliers on favorable terms or at all.  Any such disruption or 
increased expenses could harm our commercialization efforts and adversely affect our ability to generate 
sales.

If we do not successfully implement our business strategy, our business and results of operations will be 
adversely affected.

Our business strategy was formed based on assumptions about the spine market that might prove 
wrong.  We believe that various demographics and industry-specific trends, including the aging of the general 
population,  increasingly  active  lifestyles,  improving  fusion  technologies  and  increasing  acceptance  of 
Disruptive Technologies leading to earlier interventions, will help drive growth in the spine market and our 
business, but these demographics and trends are uncertain.  Actual demand for our products could differ 
materially from projected demand if our assumptions regarding these factors prove to be incorrect or do not 
materialize, or if alternative treatments to those offered by our products gain widespread acceptance.

We may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy.  To implement our business 
strategy  we  need  to,  among  other  things,  develop  and  introduce  new  spine  surgery  products,  find  new 
applications for and improve our existing products, obtain regulatory clearance or approval for new products 
and applications and educate spine surgeons about the clinical and cost benefits of our products, all of which 
we believe could increase acceptance of our products by spine surgeons.  Our strategy of focusing exclusively 
on the spine market may limit our ability to grow.  In addition, we are seeking to increase our sales and, in 
order to do so, will need to commercialize additional products and expand our direct and distributor sales 
forces in existing and new territories, all of which could result in our becoming subject to additional or 
different foreign and domestic regulatory requirements, with which we may not be able to comply.  Moreover, 
even if we successfully implement our business strategy, our operating results may not improve or may 
decline.  We may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our business strategy and may adopt different 
strategies due to business or competitive factors not currently foreseen, such as new medical technologies 
that would make our products obsolete.  Any failure to implement our business strategy may adversely affect 
our business, results of operations and financial condition.

34

Table of Contents

The proliferation of physician-owned distributorships could result in increased pricing pressure on our 
products  or  harm  our  ability  to  sell  our  products  to  physicians  who  own  or  are  affiliated  with  those 
distributorships.

Physician-owned distributorships (“PODs”) are medical device distributors that are owned, directly 
or indirectly, by physicians.  These physicians derive a proportion of their revenue from selling or arranging 
for the sale of medical devices for use in procedures they perform on their own patients at hospitals that agree 
to purchase from or through the POD, or that otherwise furnish ordering physicians with income that is based 
directly or indirectly on those orders of medical devices.

We do not sell or distribute any of our products through PODs.  The number of PODs in the spine 
industry may continue to grow as economic pressures increase throughout the industry, as hospitals, insurers 
and physicians search for ways to reduce costs, and, in the case of the physicians, search for ways to increase 
their incomes.  These companies and the physicians who own, or partially own, them have significant market 
knowledge and access to the surgeons who use our products and the hospitals that purchase our products and 
growth in this area may reduce our ability to compete effectively for business from surgeons who own such 
distributorships.

We have a limited operating history and may face difficulties encountered by early stage companies in 
new and rapidly evolving markets.

We were formed in 2003.  Accordingly, we have a limited operating history upon which to base an 
evaluation of our business and prospects.  As an early stage company participating in new and rapidly evolving 
markets, and, particularly, as a company engaged in the development and sales of medical devices, we face 
risks that include our ability to:

•  manage rapidly changing and expanding operations;
• 
•  grow our direct sales force and increase the number of our independent distributors to expand 

establish and increase awareness of our brand and strengthen customer loyalty;

sales of our products in the United States and in targeted international markets;
implement and successfully execute our business and marketing strategy;
respond effectively to competitive pressures and developments;
continue to develop and enhance our products and product candidates;

• 
• 
• 
•  obtain regulatory clearance or approval to commercialize new products and enhance our existing 

products;
expand our presence and commence operations in international markets;

• 
•  perform  clinical  research  and  trials  on  our  existing  products  and  current  and  future  product 

candidates; and
attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

• 

We can also be negatively affected by general economic conditions.  Because of our limited operating 
history, we may not have insight into trends that could emerge and negatively affect our business.  As a result 
of these or other risks, our business strategy might not be successful.

Our business could suffer if we lose the services of key members of our senior management, key advisors 
or personnel.

We are dependent upon the continued services of key members of our senior management and a 
limited number of key advisors and personnel.  In particular, we are highly dependent on the skills and 
leadership of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), David C. Paul.  The loss of any one of these individuals 

35

Table of Contents

could disrupt our operations or our strategic plans.  Additionally, our future success will depend on, among 
other  things,  our  ability  to  continue  to  hire  and  retain  the  necessary  qualified  scientific,  technical  and 
managerial personnel, for whom we compete with numerous other companies, academic institutions and 
organizations.  The loss of members of our management team, key advisors or personnel, or our inability to 
attract or retain other qualified personnel or advisors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.    Though  members  of  our  sales  force  generally  enter  into 
noncompetition agreements that restrict their ability to compete with us, most of the members of our executive 
management team are not subject to such agreements.  Accordingly, the adverse effect resulting from the 
loss of certain executives could be compounded by our inability to prevent them from competing with us.

The safety and efficacy of our products is not yet supported by long-term clinical data, which could limit 
sales, and our products might therefore prove to be less safe and effective than initially thought.

All of the products we currently market in the United States, other than our SECURE®-C cervical 
disc,  have either received pre-market clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA or are exempt from pre-
market  review.    The  FDA's  510(k)  clearance  process  requires  us  to  show  that  our  proposed  product  is 
“substantially equivalent” to another 510(k)-cleared product.  This process is shorter and typically requires 
the submission of less supporting documentation than other FDA approval processes and does not always 
require long-term clinical studies.  We also continue to gather long term follow-up data in our SECURE®-
C clinical trial.  Additionally, to date, we have not been required to complete long-term clinical studies in 
connection with the sale of our products outside the United States.  As a result, we currently lack the breadth 
of published long-term clinical data supporting the safety and efficacy of virtually all of our products and 
the benefits they offer that might have been generated in connection with other approval processes.  For these 
reasons, spine surgeons may be slow to adopt our products, we may not have comparative data that our 
competitors have or are generating, and we may be subject to greater regulatory and product liability risks.  
Further, future patient studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment with our products does not 
improve  patient  outcomes.    Such  results  would  slow  the  adoption  of  our  products  by  spine  surgeons, 
significantly  reduce  our  ability  to  achieve  expected  sales,  and  could  prevent  us  from  sustaining  our 
profitability.  Moreover, if future results and experience indicate that our products cause unexpected or serious 
complications  or  other  unforeseen  negative  effects,  we  could  be  subject  to  mandatory  product  recalls, 
suspension or withdrawal of FDA clearance or approval, significant legal liability or harm to our business 
reputation.

If we do not enhance our product offerings through our research and development efforts, we may be 
unable to effectively compete.

In order to increase our market share in the spine market, we must enhance and broaden our product 
offerings in response to changing customer demands and competitive pressures and technologies.  We might 
not be able to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval or clearance for or market new products, and 
our future products might not be accepted by the surgeons or the third-party payors who reimburse for many 
of the procedures performed with our products.  The success of any new product offering or enhancement 
to an existing product will depend on numerous factors, including our ability to:

•  properly identify and anticipate surgeon and patient needs;
•  develop and introduce new products or product enhancements in a timely manner;
• 

adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property 
rights of third parties;

•  demonstrate the safety and efficacy of new products; and
•  obtain  the  necessary  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals  for  new  products  or  product 

enhancements.

36

Table of Contents

If  we  do  not  develop  and  obtain  regulatory  clearance  or  approval  for  new  products  or  product 
enhancements  in  time  to  meet  market  demand,  or  if  there  is  insufficient  demand  for  these  products  or 
enhancements, our results of operations will suffer.  Our research and development efforts may require a 
substantial investment of time and resources before we are adequately able to determine the commercial 
viability of a new product, technology, material or other innovation.  In addition, even if we are able to 
successfully  develop  enhancements  or  new  generations  of  our  products,  these  enhancements  or  new 
generations of products may not produce sales in excess of the costs of development and they may be quickly 
rendered  obsolete  by  changing  customer  preferences  or  the  introduction  by  our  competitors  of  products 
embodying new technologies or features.

If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

Our rapid growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our management and 
on our operational and financial resources and systems.  Failure to manage our growth effectively could 
cause  us  to  over-invest  or  under-invest  in  infrastructure,  and  result  in  losses  or  weaknesses  in  our 
infrastructure, which could materially adversely affect us.  Additionally, our anticipated growth will increase 
the demands placed on our suppliers, resulting in an increased need for us to carefully monitor for quality 
assurance.  Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could have an adverse effect on our ability 
to achieve our development and commercialization goals.

Our results of operations could suffer if we are unable to manage our planned international expansion 
effectively.

Expansion into international markets is an element of our business strategy and involves risk.  The 
sale and shipment of our products across international borders, as well as the purchase of components and 
products from international sources, subject us to extensive U.S. and foreign governmental trade, import and 
export and customs regulations and laws.  Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly and exposes 
us to penalties for non-compliance.  Other laws and regulations that can significantly affect us include various 
anti-bribery laws, including the FCPA and anti-boycott laws.  Any failure to comply with applicable legal 
and regulatory obligations in the United States or abroad could adversely affect us in a variety of ways that 
include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment 
of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments and restrictions on certain 
business activities.  Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result 
in the disruption of our distribution and sales activities.

In addition, many of the countries in which we sell our products are, to some degree, subject to 
political,  economic  or  social  instability.    Our  international  operations  expose  us  and  our  independent 
distributors to risks inherent in operating in foreign jurisdictions, including:

exposure to different legal and regulatory standards;
lack of stringent protection of intellectual property;

• 
• 
•  obstacles to obtaining domestic and foreign export, import and other governmental approvals, 

permits and licenses and compliance with foreign laws;

adverse changes in tariffs and trade restrictions;
limitations on the repatriation of earnings;

•  potentially adverse tax consequences and the complexities of foreign value-added tax systems;
• 
• 
•  difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;
• 
• 

transportation delays and difficulties of managing international distribution channels;
longer collection periods and difficulties in collecting receivables from foreign entities;

37

Table of Contents

increased financing costs; and

• 
•  political, social and economic instability and increased security concerns.

These  risks  may  limit  or  disrupt  our  expansion,  restrict  the  movement  of  funds  or  result  in  the 
deprivation of contractual rights or the taking of property by nationalization or expropriation without fair 
compensation.

Our goal of succeeding as an international company depends, in part, on our ability to develop and 
implement policies and strategies that are effective in anticipating and managing these and other risks in the 
countries in which we do business.  Failure to manage these and other risks may have a material adverse 
effect on our operations in any particular country and on our business as a whole.

We  may  seek  to  grow  our  business  through  acquisitions  of  or  investments  in  new  or  complementary 
businesses, products or technologies, and the failure to manage acquisitions or investments, or the failure 
to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse effect on us.

From  time  to  time  we  expect  to  consider  opportunities  to  acquire  or  make  investments  in  other 
technologies, products and businesses that may enhance our capabilities, complement our current products 
or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base.  Potential and completed acquisitions and strategic 
investments involve numerous risks, including:

issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;

•  problems assimilating the purchased technologies, products or business operations;
• 
•  unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions;
•  diversion of management’s attention from our core business;
• 
• 
•  potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses; and
• 

adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;
risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

increased legal and accounting compliance costs.

We have no current commitments with respect to any acquisition or investment.  We do not know if 
we will be able to identify acquisitions we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete 
any such acquisitions on favorable terms or at all, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any 
acquired  business,  product  or  technology  into  our  business  or  retain  any  key  personnel,  suppliers  or 
distributors.  Our  ability to  successfully grow  through acquisitions depends  upon  our  ability to  identify, 
negotiate, complete and integrate suitable target businesses and to obtain any necessary financing.  These 
efforts  could  be  expensive  and  time-consuming,  and  may  disrupt  our  ongoing  business  and  prevent 
management from focusing on our operations.  If we are unable to integrate any acquired businesses, products 
or technologies effectively, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be materially 
adversely affected.

We are required to maintain high levels of inventory, which could consume a significant amount of our 
resources and reduce our cash flows.

As a result of the need to maintain substantial levels of inventory, we are subject to the risk of inventory 
obsolescence.  Many of our products come in sets, which feature components in a variety of sizes to satisfy 
the particular patient’s anatomical needs.  In order to market our products effectively, we often must maintain 
implant sets consisting of the full range of product sizes.  For each surgery, fewer than all of the components 
of the set are used, and therefore certain portions of the set, like uncommon sizes, may become obsolete 
before they can be used.  In the event that a substantial portion of our inventory becomes obsolete, it could 
38

Table of Contents

have a material adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows due to the resulting costs associated with the 
inventory impairment charges and costs required to replace such inventory.

If we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business, results of 
operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems.  We rely on 

our information technology systems to effectively manage:

sales and marketing, accounting and financial functions;
inventory management;
engineering and product development tasks; and

• 
• 
• 
•  our research and development data.

Our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from:

earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural disasters;
terrorist attacks and attacks by computer viruses or hackers;

• 
• 
•  power losses; and
• 

computer systems, or Internet, telecommunications or data network failures.

The  failure  of  our  information  technology  systems  to  perform  as  we  anticipate  or  our  failure  to 
effectively implement new systems could disrupt our entire operation and could result in decreased sales, 
increased overhead costs, excess inventory and product shortages, all of which could have a material adverse 
effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to demands for price concessions or to the exclusion 
of some suppliers from certain of our markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results 
of operations or financial condition.

Because  healthcare  costs  have  risen  significantly  over  the  past  decade,  numerous  initiatives  and 
reforms  initiated  by  legislators,  regulators  and  third-party  payors  to  curb  these  costs  have  resulted  in  a 
consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to aggregate purchasing power.  As the healthcare industry 
consolidates,  competition  to  provide  products  and  services  to  industry  participants  has  become  and  will 
continue to become more intense.  This in turn has resulted and will likely continue to result in greater pricing 
pressures  and  the  exclusion  of  certain  suppliers  from  important  market  segments  as  group  purchasing 
organizations, independent delivery networks and large single accounts continue to use their market power 
to consolidate purchasing decisions for hospitals.  We expect that market demand, government regulation, 
third-party coverage and reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide 
healthcare industry, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our customers, which 
may reduce competition, exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products and may adversely 
impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our sales volumes and our operating results may fluctuate over the course of the year.

Our business is generally not seasonal in nature.  However, our sales may be influenced by summer 
vacation and winter holiday periods, during which we have experienced fewer spine surgeries taking place.  
We have experienced and continue to experience meaningful variability in our sales and gross profit among 
quarters, as well as within each quarter, as a result of a number of factors, including, among other things:

39

Table of Contents

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the number of products sold in the quarter;
the demand for, and pricing of, our products and the products of our competitors;
the timing of or failure to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for products;
costs, benefits and timing of new product introductions;
increased competition;
the availability and cost of components and materials;
the number of selling days in the quarter;
fluctuation and foreign currency exchange rates; and
impairment and other special charges.

We may not be able to strengthen our brand.

We believe that establishing and strengthening our brand is critical to achieving widespread acceptance 
of  our  products,  particularly  because  of  the  rapidly  developing  nature  of  the  market  for  our  products.  
Promoting and positioning our brand will depend largely on the success of our marketing efforts and our 
ability to provide surgeons with a reliable product for successful treatment of spine diseases and disorders.  
Historically, our efforts to build our brand have involved significant expense, and it is likely that our future 
marketing efforts will require us to incur significant additional expenses.  These brand promotion activities 
may not yield increased sales and, even if they do, any sales increases may not offset the expenses we incur 
to promote our brand.  If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or if we incur substantial 
expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, our products may not be accepted 
by spine surgeons, which would cause our sales to decrease and would adversely affect our business, results 
of operations and financial condition.

Fluctuations  in  insurance  cost  and  availability  could  adversely  affect  our  profitability  or  our  risk 
management profile.

We hold a number of insurance policies, including product liability insurance, directors’ and officers’ 
liability insurance, property insurance and workers’ compensation insurance.  If the costs of maintaining 
adequate insurance coverage increase significantly in the future, our operating results could be materially 
adversely affected.  Likewise, if any of our current insurance coverage should become unavailable to us or 
become economically impractical, we would be required to operate our business without indemnity from 
commercial insurance providers.  If we operate our business without insurance, we could be responsible for 
paying claims or judgments against us that would have otherwise been covered by insurance, which could 
adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

Risks Related to our Legal and Regulatory Environment

Our medical device products and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation both in the 
United States and abroad, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business 
to suffer. 

The medical device industry is regulated extensively by governmental authorities, principally the 
FDA  and  corresponding  state  and  foreign  regulatory  agencies.    The  FDA  and  other  U.S.  and  foreign 
governmental agencies regulate, among other things, with respect to medical devices:

•  design, development and manufacturing;
testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage;
• 
clinical trials;
• 
•  product safety;

40

Table of Contents

•  marketing, sales and distribution;
•  pre-market clearance and approval;
• 
• 
• 
•  post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, 

record keeping procedures;
advertising and promotion;
recalls and field safety corrective actions;

if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury;

•  post-market approval studies; and
•  product import and export.

The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over 
time.  Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, 
higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales.

Before we can market or sell a new regulated product or a significant modification to an existing 
product in the United States, we must obtain either clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA or approval 
of a PMA application from the FDA, unless an exemption from pre-market review applies.  In the 510(k) 
clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a device 
legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, with respect to intended use, technology and safety 
and effectiveness, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing.  Clinical data is sometimes required 
to support substantial equivalence.  The PMA pathway requires an applicant to demonstrate the safety and 
effectiveness of the device based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, 
clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data.  The PMA process is typically required for devices that are 
deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices.  Products 
that are approved through a PMA application generally need FDA approval before they can be modified.  
Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) process may require a new 510(k) 
clearance.  Both the 510(k) and PMA processes can be expensive and lengthy and require the payment of 
significant fees, unless exempt.  The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, 
but may last longer.  The process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) 
clearance process and generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application 
is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained.  The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or 
approvals to market a medical device can be costly and time-consuming, and we may not be able to obtain 
these clearances or approvals on a timely basis, if at all.

In the United States, our currently commercialized products have either received pre-market clearance 
under Section 510(k) of the FDCA or are exempt from pre-market review.  If the FDA requires us to go 
through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than 
we had expected, our product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause 
our sales to decline.  In addition, the FDA may determine that future products will require the more costly, 
lengthy and uncertain PMA process.  Although we do not currently market any devices under PMA, the FDA 
may demand that we obtain a PMA prior to marketing certain of our future products.  In addition, if the FDA 
disagrees with our determination that a product we currently market is subject to an exemption from pre-
market review, the FDA may require us to submit a 510(k) or PMA in order to continue marketing the product.  
Further, even with respect to those future products where a PMA is not required, we cannot assure you that 
we will be able to obtain the 510(k) clearances with respect to those products.

41

Table of Contents

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

•  we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our products are safe and effective 

for their intended uses;
the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance 
or approval, where required; and
the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements.

• 

• 

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or 
revise existing regulations, or take other actions which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our 
products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently approved or cleared products on 
a timely basis.  For example, the FDA recently initiated changes to the pre-market clearance process in 
response to internal and external concerns regarding the 510(k) program.  On October 1, 2012, the FDA 
implemented changes through the Medical Device User Fee Amendments of 2012, which are intended to 
make the process more rigorous and transparent, and to reduce the time to market, but which impose more 
restrictive review and acceptance criteria.  These and possible future changes impose additional regulatory 
requirements upon us which could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of 
compliance, or restrict our ability to maintain our current clearances.

Any  delay  in,  or  failure  to  receive  or  maintain,  clearance  or  approval  for  our  products  under 
development  could  prevent  us  from  generating  revenue  from  these  products  or  achieving  profitability.  
Additionally,  the  FDA  and  other  regulatory  authorities  have  broad  enforcement  powers.    Regulatory 
enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some surgeons from using our 
products and adversely affect our reputation and the perceived safety and efficacy of our products.

In addition, even after we have obtained the proper regulatory approval to market a product, the FDA 
has the power to require us to conduct postmarketing studies.  For example, the FDA issued a 522 Order in 
October 2009 requiring companies that market dynamic stabilization systems, such as our TRANSITION® 
system, to conduct postmarketing studies on those systems.  These studies can be very expensive and time-
consuming to conduct.  Failure to comply with those studies in a timely manner could result in the revocation 
of the 510(k) clearance for the product that is subject to such a 522 Order and the recall or withdrawal of the 
product, which could prevent us from generating sales from that product in the United States.  

In the EEA, our medical devices must comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical 
Device Directive (Council Directive 93/42/EEC).  Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to 
be able to affix the CE conformity mark to our medical devices, without which they cannot be marketed or 
sold in the EEA.  To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements we must undergo a conformity 
assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification.  Except 
for low risk medical devices (Class I), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity 
based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the essential requirements of the Medical 
Device Directive, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of an organization accredited 
by a Member State of the EEA to conduct conformity assessments (the “Notified Body”).  The Notified Body 
would typically audit and examine the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our 
devices before issuing a certification demonstrating compliance with the essential requirements.

Additionally, as part of the conformity assessment process, medical device manufacturers must carry 
out  a  clinical  evaluation  of  their  medical  devices  to  verify  that  they  comply  with  the  relevant  essential 
requirements  of  the  Medical  Device  Directive  covering  safety  and  performance.    This  verification  will 
generally  comprise  an  assessment  of  whether  a  medical  device’s  performance  is  in  accordance  with  its 
intended use, that the known and foreseeable risks linked to the use of the device under normal conditions 
42

Table of Contents

are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended performance, and that any 
claims are supported by suitable evidence.  This assessment must be based on clinical data, which can be 
obtained  from  (i)  clinical  studies  conducted  on  the  devices  being  assessed;  (ii)  scientific  literature  from 
similar devices whose equivalence with the assessed device can be demonstrated; or (iii) both clinical studies 
and scientific literature.  With respect to implantable devices or devices classified as Class III in the EU, the 
manufacturer must conduct clinical studies to obtain the required clinical data, unless relying on existing 
clinical data from similar devices can be justified.  As part of the conformity assessment process, depending 
on the type of devices, the Notified Body will review the manufacturer’s clinical evaluation process, assess 
the clinical evaluation data of a representative sample of the devices’ subcategory or generic group (for Class 
IIa and IIb devices), or assess all the clinical evaluation data, verify the manufacturer’s assessment of that 
data, and assess the validity of the clinical evaluation report and the conclusions drawn by the manufacturer 
(for implantable and Class III devices).  The conduct of clinical studies to obtain clinical data that might be 
required as part of the described clinical evaluation process can be expensive and time-consuming.

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and 

result in enforcement actions such as:

fines;
injunctions;
civil penalties;
termination of distribution;
recalls or seizures of products;

•  warning letters;
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
•  delays in the introduction of products into the market;
• 
• 
•  withdrawals or suspensions of current clearances or approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of 

total or partial suspension of production;
refusal of the FDA or other regulator to grant future clearances or approvals;

our products; and/or
in the most serious cases, criminal penalties.

• 

Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales 
and have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.  
For example, in February 2012 we executed a settlement agreement with the FDA in which we and our CEO, 
David C. Paul, agreed to pay a total of $1.0 million in exchange for the FDA’s release of claims related solely 
to the FDA’s determination that we failed to obtain the 510(k) clearance required for the sale of our NUBONE® 
product, which we ceased selling in the United States in December 2010.

Modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearances or PMAs, or may require us to cease 
marketing or recall the modified products until clearances are obtained. 

Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness 
or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design, or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) 
clearance or, possibly, approval of a PMA.  The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination 
in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision.  The FDA may not agree with 
our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary.  We have modified some of our 
510(k) cleared products, and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA guidance that in 
certain  instances  new  510(k)  clearances  or  PMAs  are  not  required.    If  the  FDA  disagrees  with  our 
determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications or PMAs for modifications to our previously 
cleared products for which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be 

43

Table of Contents

required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we 
may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Furthermore, the FDA’s ongoing review of the 510(k) program may make it more difficult for us to 
make modifications to our previously cleared products, either by imposing more strict requirements on when 
a new 510(k) for a modification to a previously cleared product must be submitted, or applying more onerous 
review criteria to such submissions.  In July and December 2011, respectively, the FDA issued draft guidance 
documents addressing when to submit a new 510(k) due to modifications to 510(k)-cleared products and the 
criteria for evaluating substantial equivalence.  The practical import of these new guidance documents on 
510(k)s for new and modified products remains unclear, and we cannot assure you that they will not result 
in a more rigorous pre-market clearance process.

In the EEA, we must inform the Notified Body that carried out the conformity assessment of the 
medical devices we market or sell in the EEA of any planned substantial changes to our quality system or 
changes to our devices which could affect compliance with the essential requirements or the devices’ intended 
use.  The Notified Body will then assess the changes and verify whether they affect the products’ conformity.  
If the assessment is favorable, the Notified Body will issue a new certificate or an addendum to the existing 
certificates attesting compliance with the essential requirements.

We may fail to obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.

We currently market our products internationally and intend to expand our international marketing.  
International jurisdictions require separate regulatory approvals and compliance with numerous and varying 
regulatory requirements.  For example, we intend to continue to seek regulatory clearance to market our 
primary products in the EU/EEA, Brazil, Canada and other key markets.  The approval procedures vary 
among countries and may involve requirements for additional testing, and the time required to obtain approval 
may differ from country to country and from that required to obtain FDA clearance or approval.

Clearance or approval by the FDA does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities 
in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval or certification by one foreign regulatory authority does not 
ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA.  The 
foreign regulatory approval or certification process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining 
FDA clearance or approval.  We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all.  We 
may not be able to file for regulatory approvals or certifications and may not receive necessary approvals to 
commercialize our products in any market.  If we fail to receive necessary approvals or certifications to 
commercialize  our  products  in  foreign  jurisdictions  on  a  timely  basis,  or  at  all,  our  business,  results  of 
operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations.  

The  FCPA  and  similar  worldwide  anti-bribery  laws  in  non-U.S.  jurisdictions  generally  prohibit 
companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining 
business.  The FCPA also imposes accounting standards and requirements on publicly traded U.S. corporations 
and their foreign affiliates, which are intended to prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of 
bribes and other improper payments, and to prevent the establishment of “off books” slush funds from which 
such improper payments can be made.  Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare 
systems  around  the  world,  many  of  our  customer  relationships  outside  of  the  United  States  are  with 
governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws.  Our internal control policies and 
procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents.  
Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our operations, involve significant 

44

Table of Contents

management distraction and result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and 
financial condition.  We also could suffer severe penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement 
and other remedial measures, including further changes or enhancements to our procedures, policies and 
controls, as well as potential personnel changes and disciplinary actions.

Furthermore, we are subject to the export controls and economic embargo rules and regulations of 
the United States, including, but not limited to, the Export Administration Regulations and trade sanctions 
against embargoed countries, which are administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control within the 
Department of the Treasury, as well as the laws and regulations administered by the Department of Commerce.  
These regulations limit our ability to market, sell, distribute or otherwise transfer our products or technology 
to prohibited countries or persons.  A determination that we have failed to comply, whether knowingly or 
inadvertently, may result in substantial penalties, including fines and enforcement actions and civil and/or 
criminal sanctions, the disgorgement of profits and the imposition of a court-appointed monitor, as well as 
the denial of export privileges, and may have an adverse effect on our reputation.

These and other factors may have a material adverse effect on our international operations or on our 

business, results of operations and financial condition generally.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with the FDA’s good manufacturing practice regulations, this could 
impair our ability to market our products in a cost-effective and timely manner.  

We and our third-party suppliers are required to comply with QSRs, which cover the methods and 
documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, 
storage and shipping of our products.  In addition, suppliers and processors of allograft must comply with 
the CGTPs, which govern the methods used in and the facilities and controls used for the manufacture of 
human cell tissue and cellular and tissue-based products, record-keeping and the establishment of a quality 
program.

The FDA audits compliance with the QSR and GTPs through periodic announced and unannounced 
inspections of manufacturing and other facilities.  The FDA may impose inspections or audits at any time.  
If we or our suppliers have significant non-compliance issues or if any corrective action plan that we or our 
suppliers propose in response to observed deficiencies is not sufficient, the FDA could take enforcement 
action, including any of the following sanctions:

customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, recall, detention or seizure of our products;

•  untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;
• 
•  operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
• 

refusing  or  delaying  our  requests  for  510(k)  clearance  or  PMA  of  new  products  or  modified 
products;

•  withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMAs that have already been granted;
• 
• 

refusal to grant export approval for our products; or
criminal prosecution.

Any of these sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of 

operations and financial condition.

Outside the United States, our products and operations are also often required to comply with standards 
set by industrial standards bodies, such as the ISO.  Foreign regulatory bodies may evaluate our products or 
the testing that our products undergo against these standards.  The specific standards, types of evaluation 
and scope of review differ among foreign regulatory bodies.  We intend to comply with the standards enforced 

45

Table of Contents

by such foreign regulatory bodies as needed to commercialize our products.  If we fail to adequately comply 
with any of these standards, a foreign regulatory body may take adverse actions similar to those within the 
power of the FDA.  Any such action may harm our reputation and business, and could have an adverse effect 
on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, 
or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant adverse impact on us.  

The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of 
commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the 
event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health.  Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, 
recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found.  A government-mandated or voluntary recall 
by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, 
manufacturing  errors,  design  or  labeling  defects  or  other  deficiencies  and  issues.    Recalls  of  any  of  our 
products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation, results 
of operations and financial condition, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-
effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers’ demands.  We may also be required to bear other 
costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate 
profits.

Further, under the FDA’s medical device reporting regulations, we are required to report to the FDA 
any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which 
our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death 
or serious injury.  Repeated product malfunctions may result in a voluntary or involuntary product recall, 
which could divert managerial and financial resources, impair our ability to manufacture our products in a 
cost-effective and timely manner and have an adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations and 
financial condition.

In the EEA, we must comply with the EU Medical Device Vigilance System.  Under this system, 
incidents must be reported to the relevant authorities of the Member States of the EEA, and manufacturers 
are required to take Field Safety Corrective Actions (“FSCAs”) to reduce a risk of death or serious deterioration 
in the state of health associated with the use of a medical device that is already placed on the market.  An 
incident is defined as any malfunction or deterioration in the characteristics and/or performance of a device, 
as well as any inadequacy in the labeling or the instructions for use which, directly or indirectly, might lead 
to or might have led to the death of a patient or user or of other persons or to a serious deterioration in their 
state of health.  An FSCA may include the recall, modification, exchange, destruction or retrofitting of the 
device.  FSCAs must be communicated by the manufacturer or its legal representative to its customers and/
or to the end users of the device through Field Safety Notices.

Any adverse event involving our products, whether in the United States or abroad, could result in 
future  voluntary  corrective  actions,  such  as  recalls  or  customer  notifications,  or  agency  action,  such  as 
inspection,  mandatory  recall  or  other  enforcement  action.   Any  corrective  action,  whether  voluntary  or 
involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, will require the dedication of our time and capital, 
distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

We may be subject to enforcement action if we engage in the off-label promotion of our products.  

Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws 
and regulations, including the prohibition of the promotion of off-label use.  Physicians may use our products 
off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s choice of treatment within the practice of 

46

Table of Contents

medicine.  However, if the FDA determines that our promotional efforts constitutes promotion of an off-
label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional efforts or subject us to regulatory or 
enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil 
fine and criminal penalties.  It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities 
might  take  action  if  they  consider  our  promotional  or  training  materials  to  constitute  promotion  of  an 
unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such 
as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement.  In that event, our reputation could be damaged and 
adoption of the products would be impaired.  Although our policy is to refrain from statements that could be 
considered off-label promotion of our products, the FDA or another regulatory agency could disagree and 
conclude that we have engaged in off-label promotion.  In addition, the off-label use of our products may 
increase the risk of injury to patients, and, in turn, the risk of product liability claims.  Product liability claims 
are expensive to defend and could divert our management’s attention, result in substantial damage awards 
against us and harm our reputation.

Governmental regulation and limited sources and suppliers could restrict our procurement and use of 
tissue.  

In the United States, the procurement and transplantation of allograft bone tissue is subject to federal 
law pursuant to the NOTA, a criminal statute which prohibits the purchase and sale of human organs used 
in human transplantation, including bone and related tissue, for “valuable consideration.” NOTA permits 
reasonable payments associated with the removal, transportation, processing, preservation, quality control, 
implantation and storage of human bone tissue.  We provide services in all of these areas in the United States, 
with  the  exception  of  removal  and  implantation,  and  receive  payments  for  all  such  services.   We  make 
payments to certain of our clients and tissue banks for their services related to recovering allograft bone 
tissue on our behalf.  If NOTA is interpreted or enforced in a manner that prevents us from receiving payment 
for services we render or that prevents us from paying tissue banks or certain of our clients for the services 
they render for us, our business could be materially adversely affected.

We  depend  on  a  limited  number  of  sources  of  human  tissue  for  use  in  some  of  our  advanced 
biomaterials products and a limited number of entities to process the human tissue for use in those advanced 
biomaterials products, and any failure to obtain tissue from these sources or to have the tissue processed by 
these entities for us in a timely manner will interfere with our ability to effectively meet demand for our 
advanced biomaterials products incorporating human tissue.  One third-party supplier currently supplies all 
of our needs for allograft implants and products, although we expect to engage other suppliers in the future.  
The processing of human tissue into our advanced biomaterials products is very labor-intensive and it is 
therefore difficult to maintain a steady supply stream.  In addition, due to seasonal changes in mortality rates, 
some scarce tissues used in our advanced biomaterials products are at times in particularly short supply.  We 
cannot  be  certain  that  our  current  supply  of  allograft  implants  and  supplies  from  that  supplier,  plus  any 
additional source that we identify in the future, will be sufficient to meet our needs.  Our dependence on a 
single or small number of third-party suppliers and the challenges we may face in obtaining adequate supplies 
of human tissue involve several risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery 
schedules.  In addition, any supply interruption in a limited or sole-sourced human tissue component, could 
materially harm our and our third-party suppliers’ ability to manufacture our advanced biomaterials products 
until a new source of supply, if any, could be found.  We may be unable to find a sufficient alternative supply 
channel in a reasonable time period or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which would have a 
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

47

Table of Contents

Negative publicity concerning methods of tissue recovery and screening of donor tissue in our industry 
could reduce demand for our advanced biomaterials products and impact the supply of available donor 
tissue.

Media reports or other negative publicity concerning both alleged improper methods of tissue recovery 
from donors and disease transmission from donated tissue could limit widespread acceptance of some of our 
advanced biomaterials products.  Unfavorable reports of improper or illegal tissue recovery practices, both 
in the United States and internationally, as well as incidents of improperly processed tissue leading to the 
transmission  of  disease,  may  broadly  affect  the  rate  of  future  tissue  donation  and  market  acceptance  of 
technologies incorporating human tissue.  In addition, such negative publicity could cause the families of 
potential donors to become reluctant to agree to donate tissue to for-profit tissue processors.  For example, 
the media has reported examples of alleged illegal harvesting of body parts from cadavers and resulting 
recalls conducted by certain companies selling human tissue based products affected by the alleged illegal 
harvesting.  These reports and others could have a negative effect on our tissue regeneration business.

We are subject to environmental laws and regulations that can impose significant costs and expose us to 
potential financial liabilities.

The manufacture of certain of our products, including our allograft implants and products, and the 
handling of materials used in the product testing process, including in our cadaveric laboratory, involve the 
controlled use of biological, hazardous and/or radioactive materials and wastes.  Our business and facilities 
and those of our suppliers are subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the 
protection of human health and the environment, including those governing the use, manufacture, storage, 
handling and disposal of, and exposure to, such materials and wastes.  In addition, under some environmental 
laws and regulations, we could be held responsible for costs relating to any contamination at our past or 
present facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites even if such contamination was not caused by us.  A 
failure to comply with current or future environmental laws and regulations could result in severe fines or 
penalties.  Any such expenses or liability could have a significant negative impact on our business, results 
of operations and financial condition.

We or our suppliers may be the subject of claims for non-compliance with FDA regulations in connection 
with  the  processing,  manufacturing  or  distribution  of  our  proposed  allograft  or  other  advanced 
biomaterials implants and products.

Allegations may be made against us or against donor recovery groups or tissue banks, including those 
with which we have a contractual supplier relationship, claiming that the acquisition or processing of tissue 
for allograft implants and products or other advanced biomaterials products does not comply with applicable 
FDA regulations or other relevant statutes and regulations.  Allegations like these could cause regulators or 
other authorities to take investigative or other action against us or our suppliers, or could cause negative 
publicity for us or our industry generally.  These actions or any negative publicity could cause us to incur 
substantial costs, divert the attention of our management from our business and harm our reputation.

We and our distributor sales representatives must comply with U.S. federal and state fraud and abuse 
laws, including anti-kickback laws and other U.S. federal and state anti-referral laws.  

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including 
anti-kickback  laws  and  physician  self-referral  laws.    Our  relationships  with  surgeons,  hospitals  and  our 
independent distributors are subject to scrutiny under these laws.  Violations of these laws are punishable by 
criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation 
in federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Administration 

48

Table of Contents

health programs.  Because of the far-reaching nature of these laws, we may be required to alter or discontinue 
one or more of our business practices to be in compliance with these laws.

Healthcare fraud and abuse regulations are complex, and even minor irregularities can potentially 
give rise to claims that a statute or prohibition has been violated.  The laws that may affect our ability to 
operate include:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly 
and  willfully  soliciting,  receiving,  offering  or  paying  remuneration,  directly  or  indirectly,  in 
exchange  for  or  to  induce  either  the  referral  of  an  individual  for,  or  the  purchase,  order  or 
recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare 
programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;
federal  false  claims  laws  which  prohibit,  among  other  things,  individuals  or  entities  from 
knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, 
or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent;
the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, which created federal 
criminal  laws  that  prohibit  executing  a  scheme  to  defraud  any  healthcare  benefit  program  or 
making false statements relating to healthcare matters;
the  Federal  Trade  Commission Act  and  similar  laws  regulating  advertisement  and  consumer 
protections;
the FCPA, which prohibits corrupt payments, gifts or transfers of value to foreign officials; and
foreign and U.S. state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback 
and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, 
including commercial insurers.

Further, under the PPACA, a person or entity can now be found guilty without actual knowledge of 
the statute or specific intent to violate it.  In addition, the PPACA provides that the government may assert 
that  a  claim  including  items  or  services  resulting  from  a  violation  of  the  federal  anti-kickback  statute 
constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes.  Possible sanctions for violation 
of these anti-kickback laws include monetary fines, civil and criminal penalties, exclusion from Medicare 
and Medicaid programs and forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of such prohibitions.  Any violations 
of these laws, or any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, 
could  result  in  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  reputation,  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition.

We have entered into consulting agreements and royalty agreements with surgeons, including some 
who make referrals to us.  In addition, some of our referring surgeons own our stock, which they either 
purchased in an arm’s length transaction on terms identical to those offered to non-referral sources or received 
from us as fair market value consideration for consulting services performed.  While these transactions were 
structured with the intention of complying with all applicable laws, including the federal ban on physician 
self-referrals, commonly known as the “Stark Law,” state anti-referral laws and other applicable anti-kickback 
laws, to the extent applicable, it is possible that regulatory agencies may view these transactions as prohibited 
arrangements that must be restructured, or discontinued, or for which we could be subject to other significant 
penalties.  Regulators also could prohibit us from accepting payment for referrals from these surgeons.  We 
would be materially and adversely affected if regulatory agencies interpret our financial relationships with 
spine surgeons who order our products to be in violation of applicable laws and we were unable to comply 
with applicable laws.  This could subject us to monetary penalties for non-compliance, the cost of which 
could be substantial, or we may be unable to accept referrals from such surgeons.

49

Table of Contents

To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the DOJ has recently increased its scrutiny of interactions 
between  healthcare  companies  and  healthcare  providers,  which  has  led  to  a  number  of  investigations, 
prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry.  Dealing with investigations can be time-
and  resource-consuming  and  can  divert  management’s  attention  from  the  business.   Additionally,  if  a 
healthcare company settles an investigation with the DOJ or other law enforcement agencies, we may be 
forced to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or 
corporate integrity agreement.  Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise 
have an adverse effect on our business.

In  certain  cases,  federal  and  state  authorities  pursue  actions  for  false  claims  on  the  basis  that 
manufacturers and distributors are promoting unapproved, or “off-label” uses of their products.  Pursuant to 
FDA regulations, we can only market our products for cleared or approved uses.  Although surgeons are 
permitted to use medical devices for indications other than those cleared or approved by the FDA, we are 
prohibited from promoting products for “off-label” uses.  We market our products and provide promotional 
materials and training programs to surgeons regarding the use of our products.  If it is determined that our 
marketing, promotional materials or training programs constitute promotion of unapproved uses, we could 
be  subject  to  significant fines  in  addition  to  regulatory enforcement actions,  including  the  issuance  of  a 
warning letter, injunction, seizure and criminal penalty.

Beginning in 2013, the PPACA also imposes new reporting and disclosure requirements on device 
manufacturers for payments to healthcare providers and ownership of their stock by healthcare providers.  
Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 
per year (or up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”), for all payments, transfers of 
value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual submission.  On February 1, 2013, CMS 
released its final rule implementing these provisions, providing further details to statutory language and 
providing instructions for manufacturers to comply with such requirements.  In addition, CMS estimates that 
approximately 1,000 device and medical supply companies will be required to comply with the disclosure 
requirements and that the average cost per entity will be approximately $170,000 in the first year.  

In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made 
to  physicians  for  marketing.    Some  states,  such  as  California,  Massachusetts  and  Vermont,  mandate 
implementation  of  commercial  compliance  programs,  along  with  the  tracking  and  reporting  of  gifts, 
compensation and other remuneration to physicians.  The shifting commercial compliance environment and 
the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with different compliance and/or 
reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may run 
afoul of one or more of the requirements.

The scope and enforcement of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current 
environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations.  
Federal or state regulatory authorities might challenge our current or future activities under these laws.  Any 
such challenge could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and 
financial condition.  Any state or federal regulatory review of us, regardless of the outcome, would be costly 
and time-consuming.  Additionally, we cannot predict the impact of any changes in these laws, whether or 
not retroactive.

50

Table of Contents

Legislative  or  regulatory  healthcare  reforms  may  make  it  more  difficult  and  costly  for  us  to  obtain 
regulatory clearance or approval of our products and to produce, market and distribute our products after 
clearance or approval is obtained.  

Recent  political,  economic  and  regulatory  influences  are  subjecting  the  healthcare  industry  to 
fundamental  changes.    The  sales  of  our  products  depend  in  part  on  the  availability  of  coverage  and 
reimbursement from third-party payors such as government health administration authorities, private health 
insurers, health maintenance organizations and other healthcare-related organizations.  Both the federal and 
state governments in the United States and foreign governments continue to propose and pass new legislation 
and regulations designed to contain or reduce the cost of healthcare.  Such legislation and regulations may 
result in decreased reimbursement for medical devices, which may further exacerbate industry-wide pressure 
to reduce the prices charged for medical devices.  This could harm our ability to market our products and 
generate sales.

In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that 
may significantly affect our business and our products.  Any new regulations or revisions or reinterpretations 
of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of our products.  Delays in 
receipt of or failure to receive regulatory clearances or approvals for our new products would have a material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.  In addition, the FDA is currently 
evaluating the 510(k) process and may make substantial changes to industry requirements, including which 
devices are eligible for 510(k) clearance, the ability to rescind previously granted 510(k) clearances and 
additional requirements that may significantly impact the process.

Federal and state governments in the United States have recently enacted legislation to overhaul the 
nation’s healthcare system.  While the goal of healthcare reform is to expand coverage to more individuals, 
it also involves increased government price controls, additional regulatory mandates and other measures 
designed to constrain medical costs.  The PPACA substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by 
both governmental and private insurers, encourages improvements in the quality of healthcare items and 
services and significantly impacts the medical device industries.  Among other things, the PPACA:

• 

• 

• 

establishes a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in 
and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research;
implements payment system reforms including a national pilot program on payment bundling to 
encourage  hospitals,  physicians  and  other  providers  to  improve  the  coordination,  quality  and 
efficiency of certain healthcare services through bundled payment models, beginning on or before 
January 1, 2013; and
creates  an  independent  payment  advisory  board  that  will  submit  recommendations  to  reduce 
Medicare spending if projected Medicare spending exceeds a specified growth rate.

A number of state governors have strenuously opposed certain of the PPACA’s provisions, and initiated 
lawsuits challenging its constitutionality.  In June 2012, the United States Supreme Court upheld most of the 
provisions  of  the  PPACA.    However,  it  remains  unclear  whether  there  will  be  changes  made  to  certain 
provisions of the PPACA through acts of Congress in the future, including possible repeal of the PPACA.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted.  
Most recently, on August 2, 2011, the President signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, 
among other things, creates the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend to Congress 
proposals in spending reductions.  The Joint Select Committee did not achieve a targeted deficit reduction 
of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to 

51

Table of Contents

several government programs.  This includes aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up 
to 2% per fiscal year, starting in 2013.  The uncertainties regarding the ultimate features of the PPACA and 
other healthcare reform initiatives and their enactment and implementation may have an adverse effect on 
our customers’ purchasing decisions regarding our products.  In the coming years, additional changes could 
be made to governmental healthcare programs that could significantly impact the success of our products.  
Cost control initiatives could decrease the price that we receive for our products.  At this time, we cannot 
predict which, if any, additional healthcare reform proposals will be adopted, when they may be adopted or 
what impact they, or the PPACA, may have on our business and operations, and any such impact may be 
adverse on our operating results and financial condition.

Our financial performance may be adversely affected by medical device tax provisions in the healthcare 
reform laws. 

The PPACA imposes an annual medical device excise tax (“MDET”) of 2.3% on any entity that 
manufactures or imports certain medical devices offered for sale in the United States beginning in 2013.  
Under these provisions, the Congressional Research Service predicts that the total cost to the medical device 
industry may be up to $20 billion over the next decade.  We expect to be subject to this MDET in the future 
on our sales of certain medical devices we manufacture, produce or import.  We anticipate that our sales of 
certain medical devices in the United States will be subject to this 2.3% MDET.  The financial impact of this 
tax on our business is unclear and there can be no assurance that our business will not be materially adversely 
affected by it.

Compliance with government regulations regarding the use of “conflict minerals” may result in additional 
expense and affect our operations.

The SEC recently adopted a final rule to implement Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street 
Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, which imposes new disclosure requirements regarding the 
use of “conflict minerals” mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries.  These 
minerals include tantalum, tin, gold and tungsten.  The new requirements will require due diligence efforts 
on our part in fiscal 2013 and thereafter, and we will also be required to comply with the initial disclosure 
requirements that become effective in May 2014.  We may incur significant costs associated with complying 
with the new disclosure requirements, including but not limited to costs related to determining which of our 
products may be subject to the new rules and the source of any “conflict minerals” used in those products.  
Additionally, implementing the new requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of 
materials used in the manufacture of our products.  We may also face reputational challenges if we are unable 
to verify through our compliance procedures the origins for all metals used in our products.

Risks Related to our Financial Results and Need for Financing

We will need to generate significant sales to remain profitable.

We  intend  to  increase  our  operating  expenses  substantially  as  we  add  sales  representatives  and 
distributors  to  increase  our  geographic  sales  coverage,  submit  additional  IDE  applications  to  the  FDA, 
increase  our  marketing  capabilities,  conduct  clinical  trials  and  increase  our  general  and  administrative 
functions  to  support  our  growing  operations.    We  will  need  to  generate  significant  sales  to  maintain 
profitability and we might not be able to do so.  Even if we do generate significant sales, we might not be 
able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future.  If our sales grow more 
slowly than we anticipate or if our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our financial performance 
will likely be adversely affected.

52

Table of Contents

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly.

Our operating results are difficult to predict and may be subject to quarterly fluctuations.  Our sales 

and results of operations will be affected by numerous factors, including:

•  our ability to drive increased sales of our products;
•  our ability to establish and maintain an effective and dedicated sales force;
•  pricing  pressure  applicable  to  our  products,  including  adverse  third-party  coverage  and 

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

reimbursement outcomes;
results of clinical research and trials on our existing products and products in development;
the mix of our products sold because profit margins differ amongst our products;
timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our 
competitors;
the  ability  of  our  suppliers  to  timely  provide  us  with  an  adequate  supply  of  materials  and 
components;
the evolving product offerings of our competitors;
regulatory approvals and legislative changes affecting the products we may offer or those of our 
competitors;
interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products;
the effect of competing technological, industry and market developments;
changes in our ability to obtain regulatory clearance or approval for our products; and

• 
• 
• 
•  our ability to expand the geographic reach of our sales and marketing efforts.

Many of the products we may seek to develop and introduce in the future will require FDA approval 
or clearance before commercialization in the United States, and commercialization of such products outside 
of the United States would likely require additional regulatory approvals and import licenses.  As a result, it 
will be difficult for us to forecast demand for these products with any degree of certainty.  In addition, we 
will be increasing our operating expenses as we expand our commercial capabilities.  Accordingly, we may 
experience significant, unanticipated quarterly losses.  If our quarterly or annual operating results fall below 
the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our Class A common stock could decline 
substantially.  Furthermore, any quarterly or annual fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause 
the price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate substantially.  We believe that quarterly comparisons of 
our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our 
future performance.

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise funds in the future, and such funds may 
not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, together with cash to be generated from expected 
product sales, will be sufficient to meet our projected operating requirements for the next twelve months.  
However, continued expansion of our business will be expensive and we may seek funds from public and 
private stock offerings, borrowings under our existing or future credit facilities or other sources.  Our capital 
requirements will depend on many factors, including:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the revenues generated by sales of our products;
the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts;
the expenses we incur in manufacturing and selling our products;
the costs of developing and commercializing new products or technologies;
the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval or clearance of our products and products 
in development;

53

Table of Contents

• 
• 
• 

the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions;
the costs associated with our planned international expansion;
the  costs  associated  with  increased  capital  expenditures,  including  fixed  asset  purchases  of 
instrument sets which we loan to hospitals to support surgeries; and

•  unanticipated general and administrative expenses.

As a result of these factors, we may seek to raise capital, and such capital may not be available on 
favorable terms, or at all.  Furthermore, if we issue equity or debt securities to raise capital, our existing 
stockholders may experience dilution, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences 
and  privileges  senior  to  those  of  our  existing  stockholders.    In  addition,  if  we  raise  capital  through 
collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to 
our products, potential products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable 
to us.  If we cannot raise capital on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop or enhance our products, 
execute our business plan, take advantage of future opportunities, or respond to competitive pressures, changes 
in our supplier relationships, or unanticipated customer requirements.  Any of these events could adversely 
affect our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals, which could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Prolonged negative economic conditions in domestic and global markets may adversely affect us, our 
suppliers, counterparties and consumers, which could harm our financial position.

As has been widely reported, global credit and financial markets have been experiencing extreme 
disruptions over the past several years, including severely diminished liquidity and availability of credit, 
declines  in  consumer  confidence,  declines  in  economic  growth,  increases  in  unemployment  rates  and 
uncertainty about economic stability.  Credit and financial markets and confidence in economic conditions 
might deteriorate further.  Our general business strategy may be adversely affected by the recent economic 
downturn and volatile business environment and continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions.  
In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our current service providers, suppliers and other partners may 
not continue to operate, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and 
on budget.  Any lender that is obligated to provide funding to us under any now existing or future credit 
agreement with us may not be able to provide funding in a timely manner, or at all, when we require it.  The 
cost of, or lack of, available credit or equity financing could impact our ability to develop sufficient liquidity 
to maintain or grow our company, which in turn may adversely affect our business, results of operations or 
financial condition.  We also manage cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments through various 
institutions.  There may be a risk of loss on investments based on the volatility of the underlying instruments 
that will prevent us from recovering the full principal of our investments.  These negative changes in domestic 
and global economic conditions or additional disruptions of either or both of the financial and credit markets 
may also affect third-party payors and may have a material adverse effect on our stock price, business, results 
of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Our existing revolving credit facility contains restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

Our existing revolving credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to 
transfer or dispose of assets, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire 
other companies, pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness and liens, experience changes in management 
and enter into new businesses.  We therefore may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions 
unless we obtain the consent of the lender or terminate the revolving credit facility.  There is no guarantee 
that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or sales to meet the financial covenants or pay the 
principal and interest on any such debt.  Furthermore, there is no guarantee that future working capital, 
borrowings or equity financing will be available to repay or refinance any such debt.

54

Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property and Potential Litigation

Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology is uncertain.  

We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality 
and non-disclosure agreements and other methods, to protect our proprietary technologies and know-how.  
We have applied for patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products and processes.  While 
we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use or sell patented 
products,  we  may  not  accurately  predict  all  of  the  countries  where  patent  protection  will  ultimately  be 
desirable.  If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, we may be precluded from doing 
so at a later date.  Furthermore, we cannot assure you that any of our patent applications will be approved.  
The  rights  granted  to  us  under  our  patents,  including  prospective  rights  sought  in  our  pending  patent 
applications, may not be meaningful or provide us with any commercial advantage and they could be opposed, 
contested  or  circumvented  by  our  competitors  or  be  declared  invalid  or  unenforceable  in  judicial  or 
administrative proceedings.  The failure of our patents to adequately protect our technology might make it 
easier for our competitors to offer the same or similar products or technologies.  Competitors may be able 
to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes which are comparable to ours without 
infringing on our intellectual property rights.  We have entered into confidentiality agreements and intellectual 
property  assignment  agreements  with  our  officers,  employees,  consultants  and  advisors  regarding  our 
intellectual property and proprietary technology.  In the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other 
breaches of such agreements, we may not be provided with meaningful protection for our trade secrets or 
other  proprietary  information.    Due  to  differences  between  foreign  and  U.S.  patent  laws,  our  patented 
intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would 
in the United States.  Even if patents are granted outside the United States, effective enforcement in those 
countries may not be available.  Since most of our issued patents and pending patent applications are for the 
United States only, we lack a corresponding scope of patent protection in other countries.  In countries where 
we do not have significant patent protection, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products 
in such countries that are the same as or similar to our products.

We rely on our trademarks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our products from the products 
of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks.  We cannot assure 
you  that  our  trademark  applications  will  be  approved.    Third  parties  may  also  oppose  our  trademark 
applications,  or  otherwise  challenge  our  use  of  the  trademarks.    In  the  event  that  our  trademarks  are 
successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand 
recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands.  Further, we 
cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe upon our trademarks, or that we will have adequate 
resources to enforce our trademarks.

If a competitor infringes upon one of our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights, 
enforcing those patents, trademarks and other rights may be difficult and time consuming.  Even if successful, 
litigation to defend our patents and trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property 
rights could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention from managing our 
business.  Moreover, we may not have sufficient resources or desire to defend our patents or trademarks 
against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights.

We are subject to various litigation claims and legal proceedings, including litigation initiated by NuVasive, 
Synthes, N-Spine, L5, Sabatino Bianco and Altus Partners LLC. 

We, as well as certain of our officers and independent distributors, are subject to a number of legal 
proceedings, including those initiated by NuVasive, Synthes, N-Spine (subsequently acquired by Synthes), 

55

Table of Contents

L5, Sabatino Bianco, and Altus Partners LLC, which are described in more detail under “Item 3. Legal 
Proceedings,” below.  These lawsuits may result in significant legal fees and expenses and could divert 
management’s time and other resources.  If the claims contained in these lawsuits are successfully asserted 
against us, we could be liable for damages and be required to alter or cease certain of our business practices 
or product lines.  Any of these outcomes could cause our business, financial performance and cash position 
to be negatively impacted.  There is no guarantee of a successful result in any of these lawsuits, either in 
defending these claims or in pursuing counterclaims. 

The medical device industry is characterized by patent litigation and we could become subject to litigation 
that could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts, require us to pay damages, 
and/or prevent us from marketing our existing or future products.  

Our  commercial  success  will  depend  in  part  on  not  infringing  the  patents  or  violating  the  other 
proprietary rights of third parties.  Significant litigation regarding patent rights exists in our industry.  Our 
competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and 
have made substantial investments in competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in 
the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make 
and sell our products.  We have not conducted an independent review of patents issued to third parties.  The 
large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent issuances, the complexities of the technology involved 
and uncertainty of litigation increase the risk of business assets and management’s attention being diverted 
to patent litigation.  We have received in the past, and expect to receive in the future, particularly as a public 
company, communications from various industry participants alleging our infringement of their patents, trade 
secrets or other intellectual property rights and/or offering licenses to such intellectual property.  We are 
currently subject to lawsuits, and have received other written allegations, claiming that we have infringed 
certain patents of our competitors and others in the spine industry, including N-Spine (subsequently acquired 
by Synthes), Synthes, NuVasive, and Altus Partners LLC.  A summary of the N-Spine, Synthes, NuVasive,  
and Altus Partners LLC cases is provided under “Item 3. Legal Proceedings,” below.  Any lawsuits resulting 
from such allegations could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate our proprietary 
rights.  Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:

• 

• 

stop  selling  products  or  using  technology  that  contains  the  allegedly  infringing  intellectual 
property;
lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon 
successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property rights against others;
incur significant legal expenses;

• 
•  pay substantial damages to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be 

• 

• 

infringing;
redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property, which could 
be costly and disruptive; or
attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not 
be available on reasonable terms or at all.

Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, 
and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our 
core business, and harm our reputation.  Further, as the number of participants in the spine industry grows, 
the possibility of intellectual property infringement claims against us increases.  If we are found to infringe 
the intellectual property rights of third parties, we could be required to pay substantial damages (including 
treble, or triple, damages if an infringement is found to be willful) and/or royalties and could be prevented 
from selling our products unless we obtain a license or are able to redesign our products to avoid infringement.  

56

Table of Contents

Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and there can be no assurance that we 
would be able to redesign our products in a way that would not infringe the intellectual property rights of 
others.    If  we  fail  to  obtain  any  required  licenses  or  make  any  necessary  changes  to  our  products  or 
technologies, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize 
one or more of our products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of 
operations and financial condition.

In addition, we generally indemnify our customers and distributors with respect to infringement by 
our products of the proprietary rights of third parties.  Third parties may assert infringement claims against 
our customers or distributors.  These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation 
on behalf of our customers or distributors, regardless of the merits of these claims.  If any of these claims 
succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers or distributors or may be required to 
obtain  licenses  for  the  products  they  use.    If  we  cannot  obtain  all  necessary  licenses  on  commercially 
reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees or our independent distributors 
have  wrongfully  used  or  disclosed  alleged  trade  secrets  of  our  competitors  or  are  in  breach  of  non-
competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.  

Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including our 
competitors or potential competitors, in some cases until recently.  Many of our independent distributors sell, 
or in the past have sold, products of our competitors.  We may be subject to claims that we, our employees, 
or  our  independent  distributors  have  inadvertently  or  otherwise  used  or  disclosed  trade  secrets  or  other 
proprietary information of these former employers or competitors.  In addition, we have been and may in 
the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition 
or non-solicitation agreement.  Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.  For example, as 
discussed elsewhere in this report, we are currently involved in a lawsuit brought by NuVasive with respect 
to our employment of former employees of NuVasive.  Even if we are successful in defending against these 
claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management.  If our defense 
to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property 
rights or personnel.  There can be no assurance that this type of litigation will not continue, and any future 
litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire additional direct sales representatives.  
A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize product 
candidates, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Because allograft implants used in our advanced biomaterials program may entail a risk of communicable 
diseases to human recipients, we may be the subject of product liability claims regarding our allograft 
implants.

The development of allograft implants and technologies for human tissue repair and treatment may 
entail particular risk of transmitting diseases to human recipients.  Any such transmission could result in the 
assertion of substantial product liability claims against us.  In addition, successful product liability claims 
made against one of our competitors could cause claims to be made against us or expose us to a perception 
that we are vulnerable to similar claims.  Claims against us arising out of our advanced biomaterials program, 
regardless of their merit or potential outcome, may also hurt our reputation and ability to sell our products.

57

Table of Contents

We may incur product liability losses, and insurance coverage may be inadequate or unavailable to cover 
these losses.  

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, design, 
manufacture and sale of medical devices for spine surgery procedures.  Spine surgery involves significant 
risk of serious complications, including bleeding, nerve injury, paralysis and even death.  In addition, if 
longer-term patient results and experience indicates that our products or any component of a product cause 
tissue  damage,  motor  impairment  or  other  adverse  effects,  we  could  be  subject  to  significant  liability.  
Furthermore, if spine surgeons are not sufficiently trained in the use of our products, they may misuse or 
ineffectively use our products, which may result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes or patient injury.  We 
could become the subject of product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, manufacturing flaws, 
design defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information resulted in 
an unsafe condition or injury to patients.  Product liability lawsuits and claims, safety alerts or product recalls, 
regardless of their ultimate outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation, 
our ability to attract and retain customers and our results of operations or financial condition.

Although we maintain third-party product liability insurance coverage, it is possible that claims against 
us may exceed the coverage limits of our insurance policies or cause us to record a self-insured loss.  Even 
if  any  product  liability  loss  is  covered  by  an  insurance  policy,  these  policies  typically  have  substantial 
retentions or deductibles that we are responsible for.  Product liability claims in excess of applicable insurance 
coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in an 
increase of our product liability insurance rates.  Insurance coverage varies in cost and can be difficult to 
obtain, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future on terms 
acceptable to us or at all.

Risks Related to the Ownership of our Class A Common Stock

Because of their significant stock ownership, our chief executive officer, our other executive officers, and 
our directors and principal stockholders will be able to exert control over us and our significant corporate 
decisions.

Based on an aggregate of 91,270,064 shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding 
as of December 31, 2012, our executive officers and directors and their affiliates beneficially owned, in the 
aggregate, approximately 84% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.  In particular, as of 
December 31, 2012, David C. Paul, our CEO, controlled approximately 30% of our Class A and Class B 
common stock, representing approximately 81% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock as of 
that date.

As a result, David C. Paul has, and these persons acting together have, the ability to significantly 
influence or determine the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the 
election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.  
Furthermore, as of December 31, 2012, we had 192,547,170 shares of Class B common stock available for 
issuance.   This  amount  exceeds  5%  of  our  outstanding  common  stock,  meaning  our  Board  of  Directors 
(“Board”) could issue Class B common stock without necessarily triggering the automatic conversion of that 
Class B common stock to Class A common stock that, pursuant to our charter, will occur when any holder’s 
shares of Class B common stock represents less than 5% of the aggregate number of all outstanding shares 
of our common stock, thereby further concentrating the voting power of our capital stock in a limited number 
of stockholders.

58

Table of Contents

The interests of our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders might not coincide with 
the interests of the other holders of our capital stock.  This concentration of ownership may harm the value 
of our Class A common stock by, among other things:

•  delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company;
• 

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving our company; 
or
causing  us  to  enter  into  transactions  or  agreements  that  are  not  in  the  best  interests  of  all 
stockholders.

• 

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange Rules, and we take, 
and intend to continue to take, advantage of exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

David  C.  Paul,  alone,  and  our  management,  directors  and  significant  stockholders,  collectively, 
beneficially own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock.  Under the New York 
Stock Exchange Rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, 
group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate 
governance requirements, including the requirement that a majority of our directors be independent, as defined 
in the New York Stock Exchange Rules, and the requirement that our compensation and nominating and 
corporate governance committees consist entirely of independent directors.  We rely, and intend to continue 
to rely, on the “controlled company” exemption under the New York Stock Exchange Rules.  As a result, a 
majority of the members of our Board may not be independent directors and our nominating and corporate 
governance and compensation committees will not consist entirely of independent directors.  Accordingly, 
while we remain a controlled company and during any transition period following a time when we are no 
longer a controlled company, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies 
that are subject to all of the New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance requirements.

Our Board is authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock in additional series without 
stockholder approval.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board, without the approval of 
our  stockholders,  to  issue  35  million  shares  of  our  preferred  stock,  subject  to  limitations  prescribed  by 
applicable  law,  rules  and  regulations  and  the  provisions  of  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of 
incorporation, as shares of preferred stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares 
to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of 
each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.  The powers, preferences and rights 
of these additional series of preferred stock may be senior to or on parity with our Class A common stock, 
which may reduce its value.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent 
a change of control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could depress 
the price of our Class A common stock and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our 
current management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain other 
provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our Board that our 
stockholders might consider favorable.

In addition, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation 
Law regulating corporate takeovers and which has an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not 

59

Table of Contents

approved in advance by our Board, including discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium 
over the market price for shares of our Class A common stock.  In general, those provisions prohibit a Delaware 
corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three 
years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

• 

the transaction is approved by the Board before the date the interested stockholder attained that 
status;

•  upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested 
stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation 
outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or

•  on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at a 
meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by at least two-thirds of the outstanding 
voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a business combination to include the following:

• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation 
involving the interested stockholder;
subject  to  certain  exceptions,  any  transaction  that  results  in  the  issuance  or  transfer  by  the 
corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share 
of  the  stock  of  any  class  or  series  of  the  corporation  beneficially  owned  by  the  interested 
stockholder; or
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges 
or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 
15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or 
controlling or controlled by any such entity or person.

A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision by express provision in its original certificate 
of incorporation or by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders.  
However, we have not opted out of, and do not currently intend to opt out of, this provision.

These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and 
restated bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to 
obtain control of our Board or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current Board, including delay 
or impede a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest involving our company.  The existence of these provisions 
could negatively affect the price of our Class A common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value 
in a corporate transaction.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock.  We currently intend to retain 
all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not 
anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  In addition, we have a revolving credit facility 
that, if we borrow under it, may preclude us from paying any dividends.  Accordingly, you may have to sell 
some or all of your shares of our Class A common stock in order to generate cash flow from your investment.  

60

Table of Contents

You may not receive a gain on your investment when you sell shares and you may lose the entire amount of 
the investment.

Our management team may invest or spend our capital in ways with which you may not agree or in ways 
which may not yield a return.

Our management has considerable discretion in the application of our cash and liquid assets.  We do 
not have any specific uses of our cash or liquid assets planned.  Such cash and liquid assets may be used for 
corporate purposes that do not favorably affect our operating results.  In addition, until we use our cash and 
liquid assets, they may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that lose value. 

We do not know if a market for our Class A common stock will develop to provide you with adequate 
liquidity.

We completed an initial public offering (the “IPO”) of our Class A common stock in August 2012, 
and the shares of our common stock outstanding as of the IPO were only recently released from the restrictions 
on sale of those shares.  We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to 
the development of an active trading market on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise or how liquid 
that market might become.  If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any 
shares of our Class A common stock that you purchase, and the value of such shares might be materially 
impaired.  Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our Class A common stock at prices equal to 
or greater than the price you paid for them or at all.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research 
about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that 
industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business or our industry.  If one or more of these analysts 
cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the 
financial markets, which in turn could cause the price or trading volume of our Class A common stock to 
decline.  Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company downgrade our Class A common 
stock or release a negative report, or if our operating results do not meet analyst expectations, the price of 
our Class A common stock could decline.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements 
and relief from certain other significant obligations that are applicable to emerging growth companies 
will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 
2012  (the  “JOBS Act”),  and  we  intend  to  take  advantage  of  certain  exemptions  from  various  reporting 
requirements  that  are  applicable  to  other  public  companies  that  are  not  “emerging  growth  companies” 
including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 
404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  less  extensive  disclosure  obligations  regarding  executive 
compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements to hold a 
nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute 
payments not previously approved and an extended transition period for complying with new or revised 
accounting standards.  We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive 
because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive 
as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may 
be more volatile.

61

Table of Contents

The requirements of being a public company will increase our costs and may strain our resources and 
distract our management.

As a public company, we face, and will continue to face, increased legal, accounting, administrative 
and other costs and expenses that we did not incur as a private company, particularly, after we are no longer 
an “emerging growth company.”  For example, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange 
Act, as amended, which requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business 
and financial condition, and the rules and regulations implemented by the SEC, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002,  the  Dodd-Frank Act,  the  Public  Company Accounting  Oversight  Board  and  the  New York  Stock 
Exchange, each of which imposes additional reporting and other obligations on public companies.  As a 
public company, we are required to:

•  prepare  and  distribute  periodic  public  reports  and  other  stockholder  communications  in 

compliance with federal securities laws and the New York Stock Exchange Rules;
expand the roles and duties of our Board and committees thereof;
institute more comprehensive financial reporting and disclosure compliance functions;
involve and  retain to  a  greater degree outside  counsel  and  accountants in  the activities listed 
above;
enhance our investor relations function;
establish new internal policies, including those relating to trading in our securities and disclosure 
controls and procedures; and
comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in particular Section 404 and Section 302.

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

• 

We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to 
make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these 
costs with any degree of certainty.  A number of these requirements will require us to carry out activities we 
have not done previously and complying with such requirements may divert management’s attention from 
other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, 
financial condition and cash flows.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public 
disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and 
making some activities more time consuming.  These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying 
interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice 
may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies.  This could result 
in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions 
to  disclosure  and  governance  practices.    We  intend  to  invest  resources  to  comply  with  evolving  laws, 
regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses 
and  a  diversion  of  management’s  time  and  attention  from  revenue-generating  activities  to  compliance 
activities.  If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended 
by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory 
authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

However, for as long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we 
may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other 
public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required 
to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, less extensive 
disclosure  obligations  regarding  executive  compensation  in  our  periodic  reports  and  proxy  statements, 
exemptions  from  the  requirements  to  hold  a  nonbinding  advisory  vote  on  executive  compensation  and 

62

Table of Contents

stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved and an extended transition 
period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.  We may take advantage of these reporting 
exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We may remain an “emerging growth 
company” for up to five years.

These increased costs will require us to divert a significant amount of money that we could otherwise 
use to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives.  We also expect that it will be difficult and 
expensive to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced 
policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage.  As a 
result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board or as 
executive officers.  Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could 
be subject to delisting of our Class A common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially 
civil litigation.

Pursuant to the recently enacted JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not 
be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 
404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for so long as we are an “emerging growth company” and we may 
take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for 
complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We are required to disclose changes made in our internal control over financial reporting on a quarterly 
basis and management will be required to assess the effectiveness of our controls annually.  Under the recently 
enacted JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We could be an “emerging growth 
company” for up to five years.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take 
advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying 
with new or revised accounting standards.  In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the 
adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.  
We have elected to delay such adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not 
comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards 
is required for public companies that are not emerging growth companies.  As a result of our election, our 
financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of other public companies.  We may 
take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

Our internal control over financial reporting does not currently meet the standards required by Section 
404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over 
financial  reporting  in  accordance  with  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business and stock price.

Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).  As a privately 
held  company prior to our IPO in August 2012, and as a newly public company since that date, we have not 
been  required to maintain internal control over financial reporting in a manner that meets the standards of 
publicly traded companies required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404(a)”).  
We anticipate being required to meet these standards in the course of preparing our consolidated financial 
statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, and our management will be required to report 
63

Table of Contents

on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for such year.  Additionally, once we are 
no longer an “emerging growth company,” our independent registered public accounting firm will be required 
to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis.  The rules 
governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial 
reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation.

We  are  currently  in  the  process  of  reviewing,  documenting  and  testing  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting, but we are not currently in compliance with, and we cannot be certain when we will be 
able to implement the requirements of Section 404(a).  We may encounter problems or delays in implementing 
any changes necessary to make a favorable assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.  In 
addition,  we  may  encounter  problems  or  delays  in  completing  the  implementation  of  any  requested 
improvements  and  receiving  a  favorable  attestation  in  connection  with  the  attestation  provided  by  our 
independent registered public accounting firm.  If we cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide 
an unqualified attestation report on our internal controls, investors could lose confidence in our financial 
information and the price of our Class A common stock could decline.

The price of our Class A common stock might fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of 
your investment.

The trading price of our Class A common stock may be volatile and subject to wide price fluctuations 

in response to various factors, including:

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;
the overall performance of the equity markets;
introduction of new services or announcements of significant contracts, acquisitions or capital 
commitments by us or our competitors;
legislative, political or regulatory developments;
issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;
additions or departures of key personnel;
threatened or actual litigation and government investigations;
investor  perceptions  of  us  and  the  medical  device  industry,  changes  in  accounting  standards, 
policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
sale of shares of our Class A common stock by us or members of our management;

• 
•  general economic conditions;
changes in interest rates; and
• 
availability of capital.
• 

These  and  other  factors  might  cause  the  market  price  of  our  Class A  common  stock  to  fluctuate 
substantially, which might limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of our Class A common 
stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our Class A common stock.  In addition, in recent 
years, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations.  This volatility has had a 
significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies across many industries.  The 
changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies.  
Accordingly, the price of our Class A common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or 
nothing to do with our company, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our share price.  Securities 
class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall 
market and in the market price of a company’s securities.  This litigation, if instituted against us, could result 

64

Table of Contents

in substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, operating results 
and financial condition.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of shares of our Class A common stock could depress the 
market price of our Class A common stock.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common 
stock in the public market could have a material adverse effect on the prevailing market price of our Class 
A common stock.

Based  on  the  number  of  shares  of  our  Class A  and  Class  B  common  stock  outstanding  as  of 
December 31, 2012, our outstanding capital stock consisted of 63,892,508 shares of our Class A common 
stock and 27,377,556 shares of our Class B common stock.  All shares of our Class A common stock sold in 
our IPO are freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares that are held 
or acquired by our affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act.

As of January 31, 2013, stockholders holding approximately 15,949,761 shares of our common stock 
have the right, subject to various conditions and limitations, to include their shares in registration statements 
relating to our securities.  In addition, these holders are entitled to piggyback registration rights with respect 
to the registration under the Securities Act of shares of our common stock.  Shares of Class A common stock 
sold under such registration statements can be freely sold in the public market.  In the event such registration 
rights are exercised and a large number of shares of Class A common stock are sold in the public market, 
such sales could reduce the trading price of our Class A common stock.  

In the future, we may also issue our securities if we need to raise capital.  The number of new shares 
of our Class A common stock issued in connection with raising capital could constitute a material portion of 
the then-outstanding shares of our Class A common stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties 

As  of  December 31,  2012 ,  our  owned  corporate  headquarters  in  Audubon,  PA  comprised 
approximately 245,000 square feet, of which 112,000 was acquired in December 2012 for $4.2 million.  Our 
headquarters houses our research, product development, education, administration, warehouse and shipping 
functions, as well as our in-house manufacturing facility.  Research, product development and education 
activities occupy approximately 50,000 square feet of our headquarters.  

Item 3. Legal Proceedings  

We are involved in a number of legal proceedings, suits and claims.  These matters are subject to 
many uncertainties, and the outcomes of these matters are not within our control and may not be known 
for prolonged periods of time.  In some actions, the claimants seek damages, as well as other relief, including 
injunctions prohibiting us from engaging in certain activities, which, if granted, could require significant 
expenditures and/or result in lost revenues.  The material legal proceedings to which we are currently a 
party are described below.

65

Table of Contents

N-Spine and Synthes Litigation

In April 2010, N-Spine, Inc. and Synthes USA Sales, LLC filed suit against us in the U.S. District 
Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  N-Spine, the patent owner, and Synthes USA, a 
licensee of the subject patent, allege that we infringe one or more claims of the patent by making, using, 
offering for sale or selling our TRANSITION® stabilization system product.  N-Spine and Synthes USA seek 
injunctive relief and an unspecified amount in damages.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  This 
matter was stayed on July 14, 2011 pending the resolution of an inter partes reexamination on the asserted 
patent granted by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office in February 2011.  In December 2011, the examiner 
withdrew  the  original  grounds  of  rejection  of  the  asserted  patent  and  we  have  appealed  the  examiner’s 
decision.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of 
potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, 
we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

Synthes USA, LLC, Synthes USA Products, LLC and Synthes USA Sales, LLC Litigation

In July 2011, Synthes USA, LLC, Synthes USA Products, LLC and Synthes USA Sales, LLC filed 
suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  Synthes USA 
LLC, the patent owner, Synthes USA Products, LLC, a licensee to manufacture products of the subject patents, 
and Synthes USA Sales LLC, a licensee to sell products of the subject patents, allege that we infringe one 
or  more  claims  of  three  patents  by  making,  using,  offering  for  sale  or  selling  our  COALITION®, 
INDEPENDENCE®  and  INTERCONTINENTAL®  products.    Synthes  seeks  injunctive  relief  and  an 
unspecified amount in damages.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this 
litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with 
authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to 
this litigation.

L5 Litigation

In December 2009, we filed suit in the Court of Common Pleas of Montgomery County, Pennsylvania 
against our former exclusive independent distributor L5 Surgical, LLC and its principals, seeking an injunction 
and declaratory judgment concerning certain restrictive covenants made to L5 by its sales representatives.  
L5 brought counterclaims against us alleging tortious interference, unfair competition and conspiracy.  The 
injunction phase was resolved in September 2010, and the parties’ underlying damages claims are pending.  
We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, 
nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance on the 
evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

NuVasive Infringement Litigation

In October 2010, NuVasive, Inc. filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of 
Delaware for patent infringement.  NuVasive, the patent owner, alleges that we infringe one or more claims 
of three patents by making, using, offering for sale or selling our MARS™ 3V, TRANSCONTINENTAL®, 
INTERCONTINENTAL®, and CALIBER®-L products.  NuVasive seeks injunctive relief and an unspecified 
amount in damages.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  This matter is currently near the end of the 
discovery stage.  Additionally, we sought inter partes reexaminations of the three patents asserted by NuVasive 
in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, which were granted in April 2012.  In August 2012, the examiner 
withdrew the original grounds of rejection of the patents asserted by NuVasive, and we are in the process of 
appealing the examiner’s decision.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can 

66

Table of Contents

we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance on the evaluation 
of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

NuVasive Employee Litigation

We have hired several employees who were formerly employed by NuVasive, Inc.  In July 2011, 
NuVasive filed suit against us in the District Court of Travis County Texas alleging that our hiring of one 
named former employee and other unnamed former employees constitutes tortious interference with their 
contract with employees, and with prospective business relationships, as well as aiding and abetting the 
breach  of  fiduciary  duty.    NuVasive  is  seeking  compensatory  damages,  permanent  injunction,  punitive 
damages and attorneys’ fees.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this 
litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with 
authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to 
this litigation.

Bianco Litigation

On March 21, 2012, Sabatino Bianco filed suit against us in the Federal District Court for the Eastern 
District  of  Texas  claiming  that  we  misappropriated  his  trade  secret  and  confidential  information  and 
improperly  utilized  it  in  developing  our  CALIBER®  product.    Bianco  alleges  that  we  engaged  in 
misappropriation of trade secrets, breach of contract, unfair competition, fraud and theft and seeks correction 
of inventorship, injunctive relief and exemplary damages.  On April 20, 2012, Bianco filed a motion for a 
preliminary injunction, seeking to enjoin us from making, using, selling, importing or offering for sale our 
CALIBER® product.  On November 15, 2012, the court denied Bianco’s motion for preliminary injunction. 
The matter is now in the discovery phase of litigation on the underlying damages claims.  We intend to defend 
our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a 
range  of  potential  loss.   Therefore,  in  accordance  with  authoritative  guidance  on  the  evaluation  of  loss 
contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

Altus Partners, LLC Litigation

On February 20, 2013, Altus Partners, LLC filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the 
Eastern District of Pennsylvania for patent infringement.  Altus Partners, LLC alleges that we infringe one 
or more claims of U.S. Patent No. 8,162,989, which issued on April 24, 2012, by making, using, offering for 
sale or selling our REVERE® products.  Altus Partners seeks injunctive relief and an unspecified amount in 
damages.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be 
determined,  nor  can  we  estimate  a  range  of  potential  loss.   Therefore,  in  accordance  with  authoritative 
guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

In addition, we are subject to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.  

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

67

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 
Purchases of Equity Securities

Class A Common Stock Market Price

Our Class A common stock began trading on The New York Stock Exchange on August 3, 2012 
under the symbol “GMED.”  Prior to that time, there was no public trading market for our Class A common 
stock.  The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share for our Class A common 
stock for the periods indicated, as reported by New York Stock Exchange:

Year Ended December 31, 2012:

3rd Quarter (beginning August 3, 2012)

4th Quarter

High

Low

18.17

19.93

13.06

10.26

We had approximately 368 stockholders of record as of February 28, 2013.  We believe that the 
number of beneficial owners is substantially greater than the number of record holders because a large 
portion of our Class A common stock is held of record through brokerage firms in “street name.”

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the third quarter of 2012 and subsequent to our IPO, we issued to our directors, officers, 
employees, consultants, and other service providers an aggregate of 578,106 shares of our Class A common 
stock pursuant to exercises of options granted under our Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan and our 
2008 Stock Plan at per-share exercise prices ranging from $0.11 to $11.86.

The sales of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance 
upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act 
as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts 
relating  to  compensation  as  provided  under  Rule  701.   The  recipients  of  the  securities  in  each  of  these 
transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to 
or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock 
certificates issued in these transactions.

Use of Proceeds

On August 2, 2012, our registration statement on Form S-1  (File No. 333-180426) was declared 
effective for our IPO, pursuant to which we registered the sale of 9,583,333 shares of Class A common stock 
at $12.00 per share, of which 2,083,333 shares were sold by us and 6,250,000 shares were sold by selling 
stockholders, plus 1,250,000 additional shares to cover the underwriters’ overallotment option, all of which 
were sold by selling stockholders.  On August 8, 2012, we closed the IPO and the exercise of the underwriters’ 
overallotment.  These sales were at the IPO price of $12.00 per share, for an aggregate gross offering price 
of  $25.0  million  for  the  shares  sold  by  our  company,  and  $90.0  million  for  the  shares  sold  by  selling 
stockholders.  We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of securities by selling stockholders.  

There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our IPO as described in our 

final prospectus filed with the SEC on August 3, 2012 pursuant to Rule 424(b).

68

Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock.  We currently intend to retain 
future earnings, if any, for development of our business and do not anticipate that we will declare or pay cash 
dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company's equity compensation 
plans as of December 31, 2012.  Each number of securities reflected in the table is a reference to shares of 
our Class A common stock.

Plan category

Equity compensation plans approved by security 
holders

Equity compensation plans not approved by 
security holders

Total

Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
(a)

6,253,393 (1)

—

6,253,393

Weighted-
average
exercise price of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
(b)

6.99

—

Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column
(a))
(c)

5,952,479 (2)

—

5,952,479

(1) Consists of shares subject to outstanding options under our Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan, our 

2008 Stock Plan and our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

(2) Consists of 679,724 shares available for future issuance under our Amended and Restated 2003 Stock 
Plan, which plan expires on September 25, 2013, and 5,272,755 shares available for future issuance under 
our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.  Under the terms of the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the aggregate number 
of shares of Class A common stock that may be subject to options and other awards is equal to the sum 
of (1) 3,076,923 shares of Class A common stock, (2) any shares available for issuance under the 2008 
Stock Plan as of March 13, 2012, (3) any shares underlying any award outstanding under the 2008 Stock 
Plan as of March 13, 2012 that, on or after that date, is forfeited, terminates, expires, or lapses for any 
reason, or is settled for cash without the delivery of shares and (4) starting January 1, 2013, an annual 
increase in the number of shares available under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan equal to up to 3% of the 
number of shares of our common and preferred stock outstanding at the end of the previous year, as 
determined by the Board of Directors.

Comparative Stock Performance Graph

The following graph illustrates a comparison of the total cumulative stockholder return on our Class 
A common stock since August 3, 2012, which is the date our common stock first began trading on The New 
York Stock Exchange, to two indices: the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Health Care Equipment Index.  
The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 on August 3, 2012, in each of our Class A common stock, 
the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index, and the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Health Care Equipment 
Index, including reinvestment of dividends, if any.  Historical stockholder return is not necessarily indicative 
of the performance to be expected for any future periods.

69

Table of Contents

The following graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” 
with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing, except to the 
extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

Company/Index

Globus Medical, Inc.

S&P 500 Index

S&P 500 Health Care Equipment

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

August 3,
2012

December 31,
2012

$

$

$

100

100

100

$

$

$

87

106

108

The selected consolidated financial data set forth in the table below has been derived from our audited 
financial statements.  The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 8. Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data” below.

70

Table of Contents

Statement of Operations Data:

Year Ended December 31,

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

$

385,994

$

331,478

$

288,195

$

254,344

$

176,778

Sales

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Provision for litigation settlements

Total operating expenses

Operating income

Other income/(expense), net

Income before income taxes

Income tax provision

Net income

Less: Net income attributable to 

noncontrolling interest (1)

Net income attributable to Globus 

Medical, Inc.

Net income per common share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average number of common 

$

$

$

shares:

Basic

Diluted

75,199

310,795

27,926

168,862

(786)

196,002

114,793

(140)

114,653

40,822

73,831

—

73,831

0.82

0.80

89,608

92,208

$

$

$

68,796

262,682

23,464

140,386

1,470

165,320

97,362
(413)
96,949

36,165

60,784

—

60,784

0.69

0.67

88,112

90,420

$

$

$

53,825

234,370

21,309

122,589

2,787

146,685

87,685

54

87,739

33,281

54,458

—

54,458

0.61

0.60

88,925

91,352

$

$

$

41,607

212,737

20,521

108,422

1,889

130,832

81,905
(127)
81,778

29,745

52,033

3,300

48,733

0.55

0.54

88,197

91,045

$

$

$

33,794

142,984

15,340

85,477

6,000

106,817

36,167

274

36,441

15,289

21,152

2,157

18,995

0.22

0.21

87,632

90,693

Balance Sheet Data:

(In thousands)

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

As of December 31,

Cash and cash equivalents

$

212,400

$

142,668

$

111,701

$

50,950

$

Working capital

Total assets

Debt, net of current portion

Business acquisition liabilities, including 
current portion (2)

320,602

447,133

—

229,504

329,390

—

11,344

10,289

187,245

266,575

—

—

122,127

196,772

5,234

46,652

82,688

152,311

6,398

—

—

Stockholders’ equity

$

386,502

$

282,476

$

228,195

$

167,745

$

120,331

(1)  Through December 29, 2009, we consolidated a VIE that manufactures certain products for us.  This resulted in net income 
attributable to noncontrolling interest or a reduction of net income attributable to us of $3.3 million, $2.2 million in 2009 
and 2008, respectively.  Effective December 29, 2009, a third-party investor contributed capital to the VIE, which resulted in 
us being no longer considered the primary beneficiary.  As a result, we deconsolidated the entity as of December 29, 2009.

(2) 

In connection with acquisitions completed in 2012 and 2011, we have certain contingent consideration obligations payable 
to  the  sellers  in  these  transactions  upon  the  achievement  of  certain  regulatory  and  sales  milestones.    The  aggregate 
undiscounted amounts potentially payable not included in the table above were $9.9 million and $7.2 million as of December 
31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

71

Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be 
read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual 
Report.  This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties 
and assumptions.  You should review the “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Concerning Forward-Looking 
Statements” sections of this Annual Report for a discussion of certain of the important factors that could 
cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the  results  described  in  or  implied by  the  forward-looking 
statements described in the following discussion and analysis.  Certain amounts and percentages in this 
discussion and analysis have been rounded for convenience of presentation.  

Overview

We  are  a  medical  device  company  focused  exclusively  on  the  design,  development  and 
commercialization of products that promote healing in patients with spine disorders.  We are an engineering-
driven company with a history of rapidly developing and commercializing products that assist surgeons in 
effectively treating their patients, respond to evolving surgeon needs and address new treatment options.  
Since our inception in 2003, we have launched over 110 products and offer a comprehensive product portfolio 
of  innovative  and  differentiated  products  addressing  a  broad  array  of  spinal  pathologies,  anatomies  and 
surgical approaches.

We sell implants and related disposables to our customers, primarily hospitals, for use by surgeons 
to treat spine disorders.  All of our products fall into one of two categories: Innovative Fusion or Disruptive 
Technologies.  Spinal fusion is a surgical procedure to correct problems with the individual vertebrae, the 
interlocking bones making up the spine, by preventing movement of the affected bones.  Our Innovative 
Fusion products are used in cervical, thoracolumbar, sacral, and interbody/corpectomy fusion procedures to 
treat degenerative, deformity, tumor, and trauma conditions.

We define Disruptive Technologies as those that represent a significant shift in the treatment of spine 
disorders  by  allowing  for  novel  surgical  procedures,  improvements  to  existing  surgical  procedures,  the 
treatment of spine disorders by new physician specialties, and surgical intervention earlier in the continuum 
of care.  Our current portfolio of approved and pipeline products includes a variety of Disruptive Technology 
products, which we believe offer material improvements to fusion procedures, such as minimally invasive 
surgical techniques, as well as new treatment alternatives including motion preservation technologies, such 
as dynamic stabilization, total disc replacement and interspinous process spacer products, and advanced 
biomaterials technologies, as well as interventional pain management solutions, including treatments for 
vertebral compression fractures.

To date, the primary market for our products has been the United States, where we sell our products 
through a combination of direct sales representatives employed by us and distributor sales representatives 
employed  by  our  exclusive  independent  distributors,  who  distribute  our  products  on  our  behalf  for  a 
commission that is generally based on a percentage of sales.  We believe there is significant opportunity to 
strengthen our position in the U.S. market by increasing the size of our U.S. sales force and we intend to add 
additional direct and distributor sales representatives by the end of 2013.  As of December 31, 2012, we had 
also hired additional sales representatives to market and sell our current and planned interventional pain 
management products, including our existing AFFIRM® kyphoplasty product, which we market under the 
trade name Algea Therapies®.  Furthermore, we believe there is a significant opportunity to strengthen our 
position by increasing the size of this separate sales force and intend to recruit additional sales representatives 
strategically to grow that business.

72

Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2012, our international sales accounted for approximately 8% 
of our total sales.  We sell our products through a combination of direct sales representatives employed by 
us and international distributors.  We believe there are significant opportunities for us to increase our presence 
in both existing and new international markets through the expansion of our direct and distributor sales forces 
and the commercialization of additional products.

Recent Developments 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we launched 14 new products, achieved a new milestone 
and completed an acquisition, all in furtherance of our strategic initiatives.  In September 2012, we received 
our first U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) pre-market approval (“PMA”), for our SECURE®-C 
Cervical Artificial Disc.  Clinical data from a 380 patient investigational device exemption (“IDE”) study 
demonstrated that SECURE®-C is statistically superior to anterior cervical discectomy and fusion in terms 
of overall success, subsequent surgery at the index level, device-related adverse events, and patient satisfaction 
at 24 months.

In July 2012, we acquired the assets of a small company with operations in the United States and 
Germany, including a new product designed to treat vertebral compression fractures (“VCFs”).  For more 
information about this acquisition, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements; Note 3. Business Acquisitions.”

Components of our Results of Operations

We manage our business globally within one reportable segment, which is consistent with how our 
management reviews our business, makes investment and resource allocation decisions and assesses operating 
performance.  Geographic segmentation of operating income and identifiable assets is not applicable because 
our sales outside the United States are predominantly export sales and substantially all of our long-lived 
operating assets reside within the United States. 

Sales

We sell implants and related disposables, primarily to hospitals, for use by spine surgeons to treat 
spine disorders.  We generally consign our surgical sets, which contain our implants, disposables, surgical 
instruments and cases to our sales representatives, and the sets are maintained with the sales representatives 
or at our hospital customers that purchase the implants and related disposables used in the surgeries.  We 
recognize revenue when we are notified that consigned implants and related disposables have been implanted 
or used or, for sets that are sold directly and not consigned, when title to the goods and risk of loss are 
transferred  to  customers  with  no  remaining  performance  obligations  which  affect  the  customer’s  final 
acceptance of the sale.  We expect to expand our U.S. and international sales forces, which will provide us 
with significant opportunity to continue to increase our penetration in existing markets and to enter new 
international markets.  We also expect to increase sales by commercializing new products, but expect the 
increase of sales from new products to be partially offset by decreased sales of earlier-generation products.

We  classify  our  products  into  two  categories:  Innovative  Fusion  and  Disruptive  Technologies.  
Disruptive Technologies are those that represent a significant shift in the treatment of spine disorders, by 
allowing for novel surgical procedures, improvements to existing surgical procedures, the treatment of spine 
disorders by new physician specialties, and surgical intervention earlier in the continuum of care.  As a result, 
we anticipate Disruptive Technology products to continue to drive our sales growth in the future.

73

Table of Contents

Cost of Goods Sold

Our products are generally manufactured by third-party suppliers.  Substantially all of our suppliers 
manufacture our products in the United States.  Our cost of goods sold consists primarily of costs of products 
purchased from our third-party suppliers, excess and obsolete inventory charges, depreciation of surgical 
instruments  and  cases,  royalties,  shipping,  inspection  and  related  costs  incurred  in  making  our  products 
available for sale or use.  In 2013, we expect our cost of goods sold to increase in absolute terms due primarily 
to increased sales volume and as a result of a medical device excise tax (“MDET”) of up to 2.3% on the sale 
of certain medical devices in the United States.  

Research and Development Expenses

Our  research  and  development  expenses  primarily  consist  of  engineering,  product  development, 
clinical  and  regulatory  expenses,  consulting  services,  outside  prototyping  services,  internal  and  external 
research activities, materials, depreciation, and other costs associated with development of our products.  
Research and development expenses also include related personnel and consultants’ compensation and stock-
based compensation expense.  We expense research and development costs as they are incurred.

We expect to incur additional research and development costs as we continue to develop new products.  

These costs will increase in absolute terms as we continue to expand our product pipeline and add personnel.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and other related 
costs,  including  stock-based  compensation  for  personnel  employed  in  sales,  marketing,  finance,  legal, 
compliance,  administrative,  information  technology,  medical  education  and  training,  quality  and  human 
resource departments.  Our selling, general and administrative expenses also include commissions, generally 
based on a percentage of sales, to direct sales representatives and distributors.  We expect our selling, general 
and administrative expenses will increase in absolute terms with the continued expansion of our sales force 
and commercialization of our current and pipeline products.  We plan to hire more personnel to support the 
growth  of  our  business.   Additionally,  we  expect  to  incur  increased  expenses  associated  with  us  having 
recently become a public company.

Provision for Litigation Settlements

We record a provision for litigation settlements when a loss is known or considered probable and the 

amount can be reasonably estimated.

Income Tax Provision

We are taxed at the rates applicable within each jurisdiction.  The composite income tax rate, tax 
provisions, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities will vary according to the jurisdiction in which 
profits arise.  Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by management and the respective 
governmental taxing authorities, and require us to exercise judgment in determining our income tax provision, 
our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and the valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in 
which those tax assets are expected to be realized.  A valuation allowance is established when it is more 
likely than not that the future realization of all or some of the deferred tax assets will not be achieved.

Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest

Through December 29, 2009, we consolidated a variable interest entity (“VIE”) that manufactures 
certain products for us.  We and the VIE have common ownership, but we never had an equity interest in 
74

Table of Contents

this entity.  As a result, we allocated the full amount of net income attributable to our interest in the VIE to 
a noncontrolling interest in our consolidated statements of operations.  Effective December 29, 2009, a third-
party investor contributed capital to the VIE, which resulted in us being no longer considered the primary 
beneficiary of the VIE.  As a result, we deconsolidated the entity as of December 29, 2009.  The operating 
results of the entity through December 29, 2009 are consolidated in our consolidated statement of operations.  
We recognized no gain or loss upon deconsolidation because we owned no equity interest in the VIE.  The 
VIE continues to manufacture products for us and is considered a related party due to, among other things, 
common ownership.  For more information, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements; Note 16. Related-Party Transactions” below.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make assumptions, estimates 
and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures of contingent assets 
and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of sales and 
expenses during the reporting periods.  Certain of our more critical accounting policies require the application 
of significant judgment by management in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial 
estimates.  By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty.  On an ongoing 
basis, we evaluate our judgments, including but not limited to those related to inventories, recoverability of 
long-lived assets and the fair value of our common stock.  We use historical experience and other assumptions 
as the basis for our judgments and making these estimates.  Because future events and their effects cannot 
be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates.  Any changes in 
those estimates will be reflected in our consolidated financial statements as they occur.  As an “emerging 
growth company,” we have elected to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards until those 
standards would otherwise apply to private companies.  As a result, our financial statements may not be 
comparable to those of other public companies.  While our significant accounting policies are more fully 
described in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements; Note 1. Background and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” below in this Annual 
Report, we believe that the following accounting policies and estimates are most critical to a full understanding 
and evaluation of our reported financial results.  The critical accounting policies addressed below reflect our 
most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.  
We have reviewed these critical accounting policies with the audit committee of our Board.

Revenue Recognition.  We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, 
product delivery has occurred, pricing is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.  We 
generate a significant portion of our revenue from consigned inventory maintained at hospitals or with sales 
representatives.  For these products, we recognize revenue at the time we are notified the product has been 
used or implanted.  For all other transactions, we recognize revenue when title to the goods and risk of loss 
transfer to customers, provided there are no remaining performance obligations that will affect the customer’s 
final acceptance of the sale.  Our policy is to classify shipping and handling costs billed to customers as sales 
and the related expenses as cost of goods sold.  In general, our customers do not have any rights of return or 
exchange. 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  The majority of our accounts receivable 
is composed of amounts due from hospitals.  Accounts receivable is carried at cost less an allowance for 
doubtful accounts.  On a regular basis, we evaluate accounts receivable and estimate an allowance for doubtful 
accounts, as needed, based on various factors such as customers’ current credit conditions, length of time 
past due, and the general economy as a whole.  Receivables are written off against the allowance when they 
are deemed uncollectible.

75

Table of Contents

Excess and Obsolete Inventory.  We state inventories at the lower of cost or market.  We determine 
cost on a first-in, first-out basis.  The majority of our inventory is finished goods, because we primarily utilize 
third-party suppliers to source our products.  We periodically evaluate the carrying value of our inventories 
in relation to the estimated forecast of product demand, which takes into consideration the estimated life 
cycle of product releases.  When quantities on hand exceed estimated sales forecasts, we record a reserve 
for excess inventories, which results in a corresponding charge to cost of goods sold.  Charges incurred for 
excess  and  obsolete  inventory  were  $6.1  million,  $10.5  million  and  $6.1  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The need to maintain substantial levels of inventory impacts the risk of carrying excess inventory.  
Many of our products come in sets which feature components in a variety of sizes so that the implant or 
device may be customized to the patient’s needs.  In order to market our products effectively, we often must 
maintain and provide surgeons and hospitals with consignment implant sets, back-up products and products 
of different sizes.  For each surgery, fewer than all of the components of the set are used, and therefore certain 
portions of the set may be considered excess inventory since they are not likely to be used.  One of our 
primary business goals is to focus on continual product innovation.  Though we believe this provides us with 
a competitive advantage, it also increases the risk that our products will become excess or obsolete inventory 
prior to sale or prior to the end of their anticipated useful lives.  When we introduce new products or next-
generation  products,  we  may  be  required  to  take  charges  for  excess  and  obsolete  inventory  that  have  a 
significant impact on the value of our inventory or on our operating results.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.  Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value 
of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired by us.  We acquired goodwill in connection 
with the acquisitions completed in 2012 and 2011.  Goodwill is tested for impairment at a minimum on an 
annual basis.  Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s 
carrying amount, to the fair value of the reporting unit.  The fair values are estimated using an income and 
discounted cash flow approach.  We completed our annual goodwill and intangible assets impairment test in 
the fourth quarter of 2012 and determined that there was no impairment.

Intangible  assets  consist  of  purchased  in-process  research  and  development  (“IPR&D”),  patents, 
customer relationships and non-compete agreements.  Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized 
over the period of estimated benefit using the straight-line method and estimated useful lives ranging from 
one to ten years.  Intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or whenever events or circumstances 
indicate that a carrying amount of an asset (asset group) may not be recoverable.  If impairment is indicated, 
we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair 
value of the asset.  Fair value is generally determined using a discounted future cash flow analysis.

IPR&D has an indefinite life and is not amortized until completion and development of the project 
at which time the IPR&D becomes an amortizable asset.  If the related project is not completed in a timely 
manner, we may have an impairment related to the IPR&D, calculated as the excess of the asset’s carrying 
value over its fair value.

Long-Lived Assets.  We periodically evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amount of long-lived 
assets, which include property and equipment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable.  We assess impairment when the undiscounted 
future  cash  flows  from  the  use  and  eventual  disposition  of  an  asset  are  less  than  its  carrying  value.    If 
impairment is indicated, we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying 
amount exceeds the fair value of the asset.  We base our fair value methodology on quoted market prices, if 
available.  If quoted market prices are not available, we estimate fair value based on prices of similar assets 
or other valuation techniques including present value techniques.

76

Table of Contents

Income  Taxes.    We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  future  tax  consequences 
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities 
and their respective tax bases.  We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected 
to apply to taxable income in the year in which such items are expected to be received or settled.  We recognize 
the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates in the period that includes the enactment 
date.  We establish a valuation allowance to offset any deferred tax assets if, based upon available evidence, 
it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

While we believe that our tax positions are fully supportable, there is a risk that certain positions 
could be challenged successfully.  In these instances, we look to establish reserves.  If we determine that a 
tax position is more likely than not of being sustained upon audit, based solely on the technical merits of the 
position, we recognize the benefit.  We measure the benefit by determining the amount that has likelihood 
greater than 50% of being realized upon settlement.  We presume that all tax positions will be examined by 
a taxing authority with full knowledge of all relevant information.  We regularly monitor our tax positions, 
tax assets and tax liabilities.  We reevaluate the technical merits of our tax positions and recognize an uncertain 
tax benefit or reverse a previously recorded tax benefit when (i) a tax audit is completed, (ii) applicable tax 
law, including a tax case or legislative guidance, changes or (iii) the statute of limitations expires.  Significant 
judgment is required in accounting for tax reserves.

Legal Proceedings.  We are involved in a number of legal actions involving both product liability 
and intellectual property disputes.  The outcomes of these legal actions are not within our complete control 
and may not be known for prolonged periods of time.  In some actions, the claimants seek damages as well 
as other relief, including injunctions barring the sale of products that are the subject of the lawsuit, that could 
require significant expenditures or result in lost sales.  In accordance with authoritative guidance, we record 
a liability in our consolidated financial statements for these actions when a loss is known or considered 
probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.  If the reasonable estimate of a known or probable 
loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other, the minimum amount of 
the range is accrued.  If a loss is possible, but not known or probable, and can be reasonably estimated, the 
estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.  In most 
cases, significant judgment is required to estimate the amount and timing of a loss to be recorded.  While it 
is not possible to predict the outcome for these matters, we believe it is possible that costs associated with 
them could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense.  We measure the cost for employee and non-employee awards 
at the grant date based on the fair value of the award.  For employee awards, we amortize the expense, which 
is the fair value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, over the requisite service 
periods (generally the vesting period of the equity award).  We record the awards issued to non-employees 
at their fair value as determined in accordance with authoritative guidance, and we periodically revalue the 
awards as they vest, recognizing the expense over the requisite service period.  We estimate the fair value of 
stock options using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  Our determination of the fair value is affected 
by our stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest 
rate and expected dividends.

As we have only recently become a public entity, historic volatility is not available for our common 
stock.  As a result, we estimate volatility based on a peer group of public companies that we believe collectively 
provides a reasonable basis for estimating volatility.  We intend to continue to consistently use the same 
group of publicly traded peer companies to determine volatility in the future until sufficient information 
regarding volatility of the price of our shares of Class A common stock becomes available or the selected 
companies are no longer suitable for this purpose.

77

Table of Contents

We do not have sufficient history of stock option exercises as a public company available that is 
indicative of future exercise and post-vesting behavior to estimate the expected term after our initial public 
offering (“IPO”).  As a result, we use the simplified method of estimating the expected term, under which 
the expected term is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual end of the 
term.  We base the risk-free interest rate on observed interest rates of U.S. Treasury securities equivalent to 
the expected terms of the stock options.  We estimate our pre-vesting forfeiture rate based on our historical 
experience.  Our dividend yield assumption is based on the history and expectation of no dividend payouts.

We estimate the weighted-average fair value of the options granted using a Black-Scholes option-
pricing  model,  which  requires  the  input  of  subjective  assumptions,  including  the  expected  stock  price 
volatility, the calculation of expected term and fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of 
grant, among other inputs. 

To the extent that further evidence regarding these variables is available and provides estimates that 
we believe are more indicative of actual trends, we may refine or change our approach to deriving these input 
estimates.  Any such changes could materially affect the stock-based compensation expense we record in the 
future.

We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and to the extent that we do, our actual 

stock-based compensation expense recognized may increase.

Significant Factors Used in Determining Fair Value of Our Common Stock.  Prior to our IPO, our 
Board, with the assistance of management, used the market approach and the income approach in order to 
estimate the fair value of common stock underlying our option grants during those periods.  Prior to our IPO, 
there had been no public market for our common stock.  Our Board had determined the fair value of our 
common  stock  by  utilizing,  among  other  things,  independent  third-party  valuation  studies  conducted 
following our equity financing in 2007 and biannually as of April 30 and October 31 until October of 2011.  
The  findings  of  these  valuations  were  based  on  our  business  and  general  economic,  market  and  other 
conditions that could be reasonably evaluated at that time.  The analyses of the valuation studies included a 
review of our company, including our financial results and capital structure, as well as an independent third-
party review of the conditions of the industry in which we operate and the markets that we serve.  The 
methodologies and assumptions used were consistent with those set forth in the American Institute of Certified 
Public Accountants (the “AICPA”), in the AICPA Technical Practice Guide, Valuations of Privately-Held 
Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

In the valuation studies, industry standard valuation methodologies were used to value our common 
stock, as described below.  In estimating our equity value, a probability weighting of the market approach 
and the income approach was used to first arrive at a total equity value.

For the market approach, we utilized the guideline company method by analyzing a population of 
comparable companies and selected those companies that we considered to be the most comparable to us in 
terms of product offerings, sales, margins and growth.  We then used these guideline companies to develop 
relevant market multiples and ratios, which are then applied to our corresponding financial metrics to estimate 
our equity value.  Under the market approach, we also utilized the comparable transaction methodology using 
multiples of earnings and cash flow determined through an analysis of transactions involving controlling 
interests in companies with operations similar to our principal business operations.  For the income approach, 
we performed discounted cash flow analyses which utilized projected cash flows which were then discounted 
to the present using a range of 14% to 15% in order to arrive at our current equity value.

Prior to our IPO, our Board, with the assistance of management, used the market approach and income 
approach to estimate the fair value per share of common stock underlying our option grants during those 

78

Table of Contents

periods.    In  allocating  the  total  equity  value  between  preferred  and  common  stock,  we  considered  the 
liquidation preferences of the preferred stockholders.  The preferred stock had a liquidation value of $110.0 
million as of March 31, 2012.  Additionally, each valuation during this period utilizes the option pricing 
method for allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock.  The significant input 
assumptions  used  in  our  valuation  models  were  based  on  subjective  future  expectations  combined  with 
management’s judgment, including:

•  Assumptions utilized in the income approach were:

•  our expected revenue, operating performance and cash flows for the current and future years, 

determined as of the valuation date based on our estimates;
a discount rate, which is applied to discretely forecasted future cash flows in order to calculate 
the present value of those cash flows;
a terminal value multiple, which is applied to our last year of discretely forecasted cash flows 
to calculate the residual value of our future cash flows; and
lack of marketability factor of 10% to 20%.

• 

• 

• 

•  Assumptions utilized in the market approach using guideline companies were:

•  our expected sales, operating performance and cash flows for the current and future years, 

determined as of the valuation date based on our estimates;

•  multiples of market value to trailing and expected future revenues and earnings before interest, 
taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), determined as of the valuation date, based 
on a group of comparable public companies we identified; and
a lack of marketability factor of 10% to 20%.

• 

•  Assumptions utilized in the market approach using comparable transactions:

• 

selection  of  guideline  transactions  involving  target  companies  with  similar  operations, 
characteristics, and business risks.

Results of Operations 

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011 

Sales 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our sales by product category and geography 
expressed  as  dollar  amounts  and  the  changes  in  sales  between  the  specified  periods  expressed  in  dollar 
amounts and as percentages:  

(In thousands, except percentages)

Innovative Fusion

Disruptive Technology

Total sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

%

$

$

238,723

147,271

385,994

$

$

224,356

107,122

331,478

$

$

14,367

40,149

54,516

6.4%

37.5%

16.4%

In  2012,  we  launched  14  new  products,  in  addition  to  several  other  product  line  extensions, 
improvements, and enhancements.  The increase in total sales was attributable primarily to an increase in 
sales  of  our  Disruptive  Technology  products,  led  by  recent  product  launches.    Innovative  Fusion  sales 
increased due to strong sales of pedicle screw and interbody systems.  Each of these systems increased in 
international markets.  

79

Table of Contents

(In thousands, except percentages)

United States

International

Total sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

%

$

$

355,609

30,385

385,994

$

$

311,024

20,454

331,478

$

$

44,585

9,931

54,516

14.3%

48.6%

16.4%

Sales growth in the United States was due primarily to increased sales of our Disruptive Technology 
products and increased market penetration in new and existing sales territories.  We believe there is significant 
opportunity to strengthen our position in existing markets and in new sales territories by increasing the size 
of our U.S. sales force. 

The increase in international sales was attributable to increased market penetration in both new and 
existing sales territories.  We increased our international presence by selling in countries in the year ended 
December 31, 2012 in which we had no sales in the year ended December 31, 2011.  We believe there is 
significant opportunity for us to expand our international presence through increased market penetration in 
existing territories, expansion into new territories, expansion of our direct and distributor sales force and the 
commercialization of additional products. 

Cost of Goods Sold 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Cost of goods sold

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

%

$

75,199

$

68,796

$

6,403

9.3%

19.5%

20.8%

The increase in cost of goods sold was due to the $7.7 million impact from increased sales volume 
and a $3.6 million increase in depreciation of surgical instruments and cases, distribution and other costs, 
partially offset by a $4.8 million reduction in inventory write-off expense. 

Research and Development Expenses 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Research and development

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

%

$

27,926

$

23,464

$

4,462

19.0%

7.2%

7.1%

The increase in research and development expenses was  due to an increase of  $2.0 million in employee 
compensation including taxes, benefits and stock compensation primarily due to increased headcount and 
an increase of $2.8 million in supplies, outside services and other costs, offset by a decrease of $0.4 million 
in clinical trial and other costs. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Selling, general and administrative

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

%

$

168,862

$

140,386

$

28,476

20.3%

43.7%

42.4%

The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due primarily to an increase of 

$13.1 million in compensation costs in the United States.  This was to support increased sales volume and 

80

Table of Contents

company growth, including hiring of additional sales representatives, exclusive of our Algea Therapies® 
sales representatives, and general administrative personnel.  Additionally, the costs associated with 
building our Algea Therapies® sales force increased by $8.4 million over the prior year; the costs to 
support international sales growth and expansion into new international territories increased by $4.5 
million; and there was an increase of $2.5 million of other selling, general and administrative costs.

Provision for Litigation Settlements 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Provision for litigation settlements

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

%

$

(786)

$

1,470

$

(2,256)

(153.5)%

(0.2)%

0.4%

The decrease in provision for litigation settlements was due primarily to the favorable settlement of 
a lawsuit during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the $1.0 million FDA settlement that was accrued 
during the fourth quarter of 2011 (see “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; Notes to 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements;  Note  14.  Commitments  and  Contingencies”  below  for  more 
information).

Other Expense 

Other expense of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 was attributable primarily to a 
loss due to the effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on payables and receivables held in currencies 
other than their functional (local) currency. 

Income Tax Provision 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Income tax provision

Effective income tax rate

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

%

$

40,822

$

36,165

$

4,657

12.9%

35.6%

37.3%

The increase was primarily due to a $17.7 million increase in taxable income as a result of increased 
operating profits.  The effective rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 was favorably affected by the 
impact of the corporate manufacturing deduction and the reversal of valuation allowances associated with 
certain international jurisdictions, offset by the unfavorable impacts of a research and experimentation credit 
that was in effect in the prior year that Congress did not extend during 2012.  Additionally, the effective tax 
rate  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2011  was  favorably  affected  by  the  reversal  of  a  $0.9  million  tax 
provision  related  to  a  FIN  48  reserve  resulting  from  the  completion  of  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service 
examinations with respect to the 2005 through 2008 tax years.

On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “ATRA”) was signed into law.  
One of the provisions of the ATRA was a reinstatement and extension of the research and experimentation 
tax credit from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2013.  However, as of December 31, 2012 no benefit 
could be recognized for this tax credit due to the passage of the ATRA in 2013.  We estimate that the impact 
on fiscal 2012 would have been a tax benefit of approximately $0.7 million, which we will record as a discrete 
tax benefit in the first quarter of 2013, the period in which the legislation, including the reinstatement, was 
enacted.

81

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010 

Sales 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our sales by product category and geography 
expressed  as  dollar  amounts  and  the  changes  in  sales  between  the  specified  periods  expressed  in  dollar 
amounts and as percentages:

(In thousands, except percentages)

Innovative Fusion

Disruptive Technology

Total sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

%

$

$

224,356

107,122

331,478

$

$

215,565

72,630

288,195

$

$

8,791

34,492

43,283

4.1%

47.5%

15.0%

The  increase  in  total  sales  was  attributable  primarily  to  an  increase  in  sales  of  our  Disruptive 
Technology products, led by new products launched in 2011.  Innovative Fusion sales increased due to strong 
sales of integrated plate and spacer systems.  Both Disruptive Technology and Innovative Fusion products 
saw sales growth in international markets.

(In thousands, except percentages)

United States

International

Total sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

%

$

$

311,024

20,454

331,478

$

$

277,974

10,221

288,195

$

$

33,050

10,233

43,283

11.9%

100.1%

15.0%

Sales growth in the United States was due primarily to increased sales of our Disruptive Technology 
products, increased market penetration in existing territories, and an increase in the size of our U.S. sales 
force.  We believe there is significant opportunity to strengthen our position in new and existing markets and 
in new sales territories by increasing the size of our U.S. sales force. 

The  increase  in  international  sales  was  attributable  to  increased  market  penetration  in  existing 
territories and the addition of new sales territories, as we increased our international presence by selling in 
countries in the year ended December 31, 2011 in which we had no sales in the year ended December 31, 
2010.  We believe there is significant opportunity for us to expand our international presence through increased 
market penetration in existing territories, expansion into new territories, expansion of our direct and distributor 
sales force and the commercialization of additional products.

Cost of Goods Sold 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Cost of goods sold

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

%

$

68,796

$

53,825

$

14,971

27.8%

20.8%

18.7%

The increase in cost of goods sold was due primarily to $6.5 million impact from increased sales 
volume, while the remaining $8.5 million increase was primarily attributable to an increase in inventory 
reserves and write-offs of $5.7 million as inventory balances grew to support product launches and increased 
sales volume.  Of this amount, $4.4 million was related to the change in provision for excess and obsolete 
inventories  and  $1.3  million  was  due  to  the  change  in  inventory  write-offs.   Additionally,  increases  in 
depreciation of surgical instruments and cases, shipping expenses and other operating costs were partially 

82

Table of Contents

offset by a decrease in biomanufacturing production costs due to the discontinuance of a former product, 
NUBONE®, in the fourth quarter of 2010.

Research and Development Expenses 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Research and development

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

%

$

23,464

$

21,309

$

2,155

10.1%

7.1%

7.4%

The increase in research and development expenses was due primarily to an increase of $1.3 million 
in clinical trial costs to support the clinical trials for the SECURE®-C Cervical Artificial Disc device, the 
ACADIA® Facet Replacement System, and the TRIUMPH® Lumbar Disc device and an increase of $1.0 
million in employee compensation including taxes, benefits and stock compensation, outside prototyping 
services, outside research activities and supplies. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Selling, general and administrative

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

%

$

140,386

$

122,589

$

17,797

14.5%

42.4%

42.5%

The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due primarily to an increase of $9.7 
million in compensation costs in the United States to support increased sales volume and company growth, 
including hiring of additional sales representatives, and general administrative personnel; an increase of $6.3 
million to support international sales growth and expansion into new international territories; and an increase 
of $2.5 million in medical education, medical training and related support costs.

Provision for Litigation Settlements 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Provision for litigation settlements

Percentage of sales

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

%

$

1,470

$

2,787

$

(1,317)

(47.3)%

0.4%

1.0%

The decrease in provision for litigation settlements was due primarily to the timing of settlements; 
during the year ended December 31, 2011 we accrued a $1.0 million provision for a U.S. Food and Drug 
Administration action that was paid in 2012, while in 2010, we settled certain disputes between us and a 
competitor related to post-employment restrictive covenants for $2.6 million.  

Other Expense 

Other expense of $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 was attributable primarily to a 
loss due to the effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on payables and receivables held in currencies 
other than their functional (local) currency. 

83

Table of Contents

Income Tax Provision 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Income tax provision

Effective income tax rate

Year Ended

Change

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

%

$

36,165

$

33,281

$

2,884

8.7%

37.3%

37.9%

The increase was due primarily to a $9.2 million increase in taxable income as a result of increased 
operating profits.  Our effective tax rate calculated as a percentage of income before income taxes was 37.3% 
in 2011 and 37.9% in 2010.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted  EBITDA  represents  net  income  before  interest  (income)/expense,  net  and  other  non-
operating expenses, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, 
changes in the fair value of contingent consideration in connection with business acquisitions and provision 
for litigation settlements.  This financial measure is not calculated in conformity with U.S. GAAP within the 
meaning of Item 10 of Regulation S-K.  We present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe it is a useful 
indicator of our operating performance.  Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA principally as a measure 
of our operating performance and believes that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors because it is frequently 
used  by  securities  analysts,  investors  and  other  interested  parties  in  their  evaluation  of  the  operating 
performance of companies in industries similar to ours.  We also believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to our 
management and investors as a measure of comparative operating performance from period to period and 
among companies as it is reflective of changes in pricing decisions, cost controls and other factors that affect 
operating performance, and it removes the effect of our capital structure (primarily interest expense), asset 
base (primarily depreciation and amortization) and items outside the control of our management (primarily 
income taxes and interest income and expense).  Our management also uses Adjusted EBITDA for planning 
purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget and financial projections.  

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for a measure of our liquidity 
or operating performance prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and is not indicative of net income (loss) 
from operations as determined under U.S. GAAP.  Adjusted EBITDA and other non-GAAP financial measures 
have limitations that should be considered before using these measures to evaluate our liquidity or financial 
performance.  Adjusted EBITDA does not include certain expenses that may be necessary to review our 
operating results and liquidity requirements.  Our definition and calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may differ 
from that of other companies.

84

Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the periods presented:

(In thousands, except percentages)

Net Income
Interest (income)/expense, net
Provision for income taxes
Depreciation and amortization
EBITDA
Stock-based compensation
Provision for legal settlements
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales

Cash Flows 

December 31,
2012
73,831
(80)
40,822
18,108
132,681
4,635
(786)
119
136,649

$

$

Year Ended

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

$

60,784
33
36,165
16,949
113,931
3,286
1,470
(79)
118,608

$

$

54,458
100
33,281
15,196
103,035
4,025
2,787
0
109,847

35.4%

35.8%

38.1%  

The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, cash flows from operating, investing and 

financing activities: 

(In thousands)

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Year Ended

2012 - 2011
Change

2011 - 2010 
Change

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

$

$

$

76,519 $
(30,715 )

24,025

(97 )
69,732 $

76,410 $

71,288 $

109 $

5,122

(29,987 )

(14,734 )

(722 )

(12,003 )

1,768

(2 )

(728 )

38,759

625

(17,984 )

(16,502 )

(720 )

30,967 $

61,051 $

38,765 $ (30,084 )

The increase in net cash provided by operating activities for the year ending December 31, 2012 

was attributable primarily to a $13.0 million increase in net income, partially offset by a net  $12.4 million 
increase in the change in income taxes and deferred income taxes.  Additionally, there was cash provided 
by a  $6.5 million increase in the change in accounts payable and accounts payable to related party and a 
$2.5 million increase in the change in accrued expenses and other liabilities.  These were partially offset 
by a  $5.3 million increase in the change in inventories (primarily to support new and pending product 
launches as well as to support existing product sales) and a $2.2 million increase in the change in accounts 
receivable (primarily due to increased sales volume).

The increase in net cash provided by operating activities for the year ending December 31, 2011  was 
attributable primarily to a $6.3 million increase in net income and a $5.4 million increase in non-cash charges 
including  depreciation  of  surgical  instrument  and  cases,  amortization,  provision  for  excess  and  obsolete 
inventory and stock-based compensation.  The increase was partially offset by a $5.1 million increase in net 
purchases of implants to support our continued sales growth and the launch of new products.

85

 
Table of Contents

Cash Used in Investing Activities 

The increase in net cash used in investing activities for the year ending December 31, 2012 was 
attributable to an increase of $2.2 million in purchases of property and equipment in the current year compared 
to the prior year period, partially offset by lower spending on acquisitions of $1.5 million in the current year 
compared to 2011. 

The increase in net cash used in investing activities for the year ending December 31, 2011 was 
attributable primarily to a $10.2 million increase in purchases of instruments and cases to support our increase 
in volume of sales and the launch of new products and $7.5 million of cash payments in connection with 
acquisitions.

Cash Provided by/(Used in) Financing Activities 

The increase in cash provided by financing activities for the year ending December 31, 2012 was 
attributable primarily to $21.0 million net cash proceeds from our IPO, and the increase in our excess tax 
benefit related to nonqualified stock option exercises of $2.6 million.  The prior year cash used in financing 
activities was attributable primarily to $10.0 million paid to repurchase common stock in 2011 and $5.3 
million for the repayment of our long term debt in 2011. 

The cash used in financing activities for the year ending December 31, 2011 was attributable primarily 
to $10.0 million paid to repurchase common stock from existing shareholders and $5.3 million paid to fully 
repay our mortgage loan.

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

The following table highlights certain information related to our liquidity and capital resources:

(In thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

Available borrowing capacity under revolving credit facility

Working capital

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

$

212,400

50,000

320,602

$

$

142,668

50,000

229,504

In May 2011, and as amended in March 2012, we entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo 
Bank related to a revolving credit facility that provides for borrowings up to $50.0 million.  At our request, 
and with the approval of the bank, the amount of borrowings available under the revolving credit facility can 
be increased to $75.0 million.  The revolving credit facility includes up to a $25.0 million sub-limit for letters 
of credit.  The revolving credit facility term has been extended to May 2014.  Cash advances bear interest at 
our option either at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the daily LIBOR in effect for a one-month period 
plus 0.75% or a fixed rate for a one or three month period equal to LIBOR plus 0.75%.  The credit agreement 
governing  the  revolving  credit  facility  also  subjects  us  to  various  restrictive  covenants,  including  the 
requirement to maintain maximum consolidated leverage.  The covenants also include limitations on our 
ability to repurchase shares, to pay cash dividends or to enter into a sale transaction.  As of December 31, 
2012,  we  were  in  compliance  with  all  covenants  under  the  credit  agreement,  there  were  no  outstanding 
borrowings under the revolving credit facility and available borrowings were $50.0 million.  The revolving 
credit facility is subject to an unused commitment fee of 0.10% of the unused portion.  We may terminate 
the credit agreement at any time on ten days’ notice without premium or penalty. 

86

Table of Contents

In addition to our existing cash balance, our principal sources of liquidity are cash flow from operating 
activities and our revolving credit facility, which was fully available as of December 31, 2012.  We believe 
these sources, along with the net proceeds from our IPO, will provide sufficient liquidity for us to meet our 
liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future.  Our principal liquidity requirements are to meet our working 
capital, research and development, including clinical trials, and capital expenditure needs, principally for 
our surgical sets required to maintain and expand our business.  We expect to continue to make investments 
in surgical sets as we launch new products, increase the sizes of our U.S. and Algea Therapies® sales forces, 
and expand into international markets.  We may, however, require additional liquidity as we continue to 
execute our business strategy.  Our liquidity may be negatively impacted as a result of a decline in sales of 
our products, including declines due to changes in our customers’ ability to obtain third-party coverage and 
reimbursement for procedures that use our products, increased pricing pressures resulting from intensifying 
competition, cost increases and slower product development cycles resulting from a changing regulatory 
environment and the MDET which will affect our cash flow.  We anticipate that to the extent that we require 
additional liquidity, it will be funded through borrowings under our revolving credit facility, the incurrence 
of other indebtedness, additional equity financings or a combination of these potential sources of liquidity. 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012.  

There have been no material changes in our remaining contractual obligations since that time.

(In thousands)

Operating Leases
Purchase Obligations1
Business Acquisition Liabilities2
Total

______________

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less than 1
Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

More than
5 Years

$

$

1,654

$

638

$

779

$

197

$

3,566

4,500

9,720

$

1,172

1,300

3,110

2,394

2,400

$

5,573

$

—

800

997

$

40

—

—

40

1  Reflects minimum annual volume commitments to purchase inventory under certain of our supplier contracts.
2  In connection with acquisitions completed in 2012 and 2011, we have certain contingent consideration obligations payable to 
the sellers in these transactions upon the achievement of certain regulatory and territory sales milestones.  The aggregate 
undiscounted amounts potentially payable not included in the table above total $9.9 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements. 

Seasonality and Backlog 

Our business is generally not seasonal in nature.  However, our sales may be influenced by summer 
vacation and winter holiday periods during which we have experienced fewer spine surgeries taking place.  
Our sales generally consist of products that are in stock with us or maintained at hospitals or with our sales 
representatives.  Accordingly, we do not have a backlog of sales orders. 

Related-Party Transactions 

For a description of our related-party transactions, see “Item 8. Financial Statements and 

Supplementary Data; Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements; Note 16. Related-Party 
Transactions” and “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director 
Independence; Related Person Transactions.”

87

Table of Contents

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

Effective  January  1,  2012,  we  adopted  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”) 
authoritative guidance that amends previous guidance for the presentation of comprehensive income.  The 
new standard eliminates the option to present other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in 
equity.  Under the revised guidance, an entity has the option to present the components of net income and 
other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two 
separate  but  consecutive  financial  statements.   We  are  providing  two  separate  but  consecutive  financial 
statements.  The new standard was required to be applied retroactively.  Other than the change in presentation, 
the adoption of the new standard did not have an impact on our financial position or results of operations. 

Effective January 1, 2012, we adopted FASB authoritative guidance that amends previous guidance 
for fair value measurement and disclosure requirements.  The revised guidance changes certain fair value 
measurement  principles,  clarifies  the  application  of  existing  fair  value  measurements  and  expands  the 
disclosure requirements, particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements.  Adoption of the amendments did 
not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations. 

In  July  2012,  the  FASB  issued  amendments  to  the  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  impairment 
guidance,  which  provides  an  option  for  companies  to  use  a  qualitative  approach  to  test  indefinite-lived 
intangible assets for impairment if certain conditions are met.  Under the revised guidance, we may first 
determine  based  on  qualitative  factors  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  indefinite-lived 
intangible  assets  are  less  than  their  carrying  amount.    If  that  assessment  indicates  no  impairment,  the 
quantitative impairment test is not required.  The amendments are effective for annual and interim indefinite-
lived intangible asset impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012 (early 
adoption is permitted).  Adoption of the amendments did not have a material impact on our financial position 
or results of operations.

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of 
the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new 
or revised accounting standards.  In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of 
certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.  We are 
electing to delay such adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply 
with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required 
for public companies that are not emerging growth companies.  As a result of this election, our financial 
statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of other public companies.  We may take 
advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk 

We are exposed to various market risks, which may result in potential losses arising from adverse 
changes in market rates, such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates.  We do not enter into derivatives 
or  other  financial  instruments  for  trading  or  speculative  purposes  and  do  not  believe  we  are  exposed  to 
material market risk with respect to our cash and cash equivalents. 

88

Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk 

We may be exposed to interest rate risk in connection with any future borrowings under our revolving 
credit facility, which bears interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR plus an applicable borrowing margin.  
For variable rate debt, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair value of the debt instrument, but 
do impact future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant.  In the ordinary course 
of business, we may enter into contractual arrangements to reduce our exposure to interest rate risks. 

Foreign Exchange Risk Management 

We operate in countries other than the United States, and, therefore, we are exposed to foreign currency 
risks.  We bill most direct sales outside of the United States in local currencies.  We expect that the percentage 
of our sales denominated in foreign currencies will increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to expand 
into international markets.  When sales or expenses are not denominated in U.S. dollars, a fluctuation in 
exchange rates could affect our net income.  We believe that the risk of a significant impact on our operating 
income from foreign currency fluctuations is minimal.  We do not currently hedge our exposure to foreign 
currency exchange rate fluctuations; however, we may choose to hedge our exposure in the future. 

89

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

90

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Globus Medical, Inc.:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Globus  Medical,  Inc. 
and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements 
of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the years in the 
period ended 
December 31, 2012.  In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have 
audited  financial  statement  schedule  II  in  Item  15  (a)  (2).   These  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our 
audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company Accounting 
Oversight  Board  (United  States).   Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain 
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement. An  audit 
includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial 
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made 
by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material 
respects, the financial position of Globus Medical, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, 
period ended 
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the 
December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  Also in our opinion, 
the  related  financial  statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  consolidated  financial 
statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 5, 2013 

91

Table of Contents

(In thousands, except par value)

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

212,400

$

142,668

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $961 and $602, respectively

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Income taxes receivable

Deferred income taxes

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net

Intangible assets, net

Goodwill

Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

Accounts payable to related party

Accrued expenses

Income taxes payable

Business acquisition liabilities, current

Total current liabilities

Business acquisition liabilities, net of current portion

Deferred income taxes

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Equity:

Convertible preferred stock; $0.001 par value.  Authorized 50,961 shares; issued and 

outstanding 0 and 50,961 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

Common stock; $0.001 par value.  Authorized 785,000 and 679,178 shares; issued and 
outstanding 91,270 and 72,529 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Retained earnings
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

92

$

$

53,496

62,310

3,020

5,105

23,779

360,110

61,089

9,585

15,372

977

46,727

47,369

2,515

3,336

16,160

258,775

52,394

7,433

9,808

980

447,133

$

329,390

9,991

$

2,556

25,003

523

1,435

39,508

9,909

7,714

3,500

60,631

—

91

136,501

(767 )

250,677

386,502

5,323

1,178

21,268

302

1,200

29,271

9,089

5,755

2,799

46,914

51

73

106,708

(1,202 )

176,846

282,476

329,390

$

447,133

$

Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Sales

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Provision for litigation settlements
Total operating expenses

Operating income

Other income/(expense), net
Income before income taxes

Income tax provision

Net income

Earnings per share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

December 31,
2012

Year Ended

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

385,994

$

331,478

$

75,199

310,795

68,796

262,682

27,926

168,862

(786 )

196,002

114,793

(140 )

114,653

40,822

23,464

140,386

1,470

165,320

97,362

(413 )

96,949

36,165

288,195

53,825

234,370

21,309

122,589

2,787

146,685

87,685

54

87,739

33,281

$

$

$

73,831

$

60,784

$

54,458

0.82

0.80

$

$

0.69

0.67

$

$

89,608

92,208

88,112

90,420

0.61

0.60

88,925

91,352

93

Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)
Net income

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:

Foreign currency translation

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

Comprehensive income

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

73,831 $

60,784 $

54,458

435

435

74,266

$

(484)
(484)
60,300

$

(141)
(141)
54,317

$

$

94

 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

(In thousands)

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Convertible 
preferred stock

Common stock

Additional 
paid-in 
capital

Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
income

Retained 
earnings

Total

Balance at December 31, 2009

50,691

Share-based compensation

Exercise of deemed stock options

Exercise of stock options

Tax benefit related to 

nonqualified stock options 
exercised

Comprehensive income

—

—

—

—

—

Balance at December 31, 2010

50,691

Share-based compensation

Exercise of deemed stock options

Exercise of stock options

Tax benefit related to 

nonqualified stock options 
exercised

Purchase of common stock

Comprehensive income

—

—

—

—

—

—

Balance at December 31, 2011

50,691

—

—

—

Share-based compensation

Exercise of stock options

Tax benefit related to 

nonqualified stock options 
exercised

Conversion of preferred stock in 

conjunction with IPO

Issuance of common stock from 

IPO, net of expenses

Comprehensive income

Balance at December 31, 2012

51

—

—

—

—

—

51

—

—

—

—

—

—

51

—

—

—

73,032

—

—

581

—

—

73,613

—

—

149

—

(1,233)

—

72,529

—

1,061

—

73

—

—

1

—

—

74

—

—

—

—

(1)

—

73

—

1

—

15

2

—

91

96,577

4,025

30

1,290

787

—

102,709

3,286

144

742

(170)

(3)

—

106,708

4,635

1,503

2,661

36

20,958

—

136,501

(577)

71,621

167,745

—

—

—

—

(141)

(718)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

4,025

30

1,291

787

54,458

54,317

126,079

228,195

—

—

—

—

3,286

144

742

(170)

— (10,017)

(10,021)

(484)

60,784

60,300

(1,202)

176,846

282,476

—

—

—

—

—

435

—

—

—

—

—

73,831

4,635

1,504

2,661

—

20,960

74,266

(767)

250,677

386,502

(50,691)

(51)

15,597

—

—

—

—

—

2,083

—

— 91,270

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

95

Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

December 31,
2012

Year Ended

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

73,831

$

60,784

$

54,458

Depreciation and amortization

Provision for excess and obsolete inventories

Stock-based compensation

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Change in fair value of interest rate swap

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

Change in deferred income taxes

(Increase) decrease in:

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Increase (decrease) in:

Accounts payable

Accounts payable to related party

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

Income taxes payable/receivable

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Sales of short-term investments

Purchases of property and equipment

Acquisition of businesses

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Repayments of long-term debt

Payment of business acquisition liabilities

Net proceeds from initial public offering

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

Purchase of common stock

Excess tax benefit related to nonqualified stock options

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

18,108

6,119

4,635

363

—

119

16,949

10,487

3,286

105

113

(79 )

(6,079 )

2,057

(6,886 )

(20,541 )

(117 )

3,048

1,378

4,089

(1,548 )

76,519

—

(24,684 )

(6,031 )

(30,715 )

—

(1,100 )

20,960

1,504

—

2,661

24,025

(4,672 )

(15,280 )

460

(1,355 )

(696 )

1,541

2,710

76,410

—

(22,487 )

(7,500 )

(29,987 )

(5,253 )

(400 )

—

886

(10,021 )

54

(14,734 )

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash

(97 )

(722 )

15,196

6,112

4,025

397

(238 )

—

1,999

(6,560 )

(10,188 )

1,042

1,295

1,425

3,117

(792 )

71,288

300

(12,303 )

—

(12,003 )

(340 )

—

—

1,321

—

787

1,768

(2 )

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Interest paid

Income taxes paid

69,732

142,668

30,967

111,701

61,051

50,650

212,400

$

142,668

$

111,701

63

167

44,875

$

35,721

$

463

28,828

$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

96

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

(a) The Company 

Globus Medical, Inc. and its subsidiaries is an engineering-driven medical device company focused 
exclusively on the design, development and commercialization of products that promote healing in patients 
with spine disorders.  Since our inception in 2003, we have launched over 110 products and offer a product 
portfolio addressing a broad array of spinal pathologies. 

We  are  headquartered  in Audubon,  Pennsylvania  and  market  and  sell  our  products  through  our 
exclusive sales force in the United States, Europe, India, South Africa, Australia, South America and the 
Middle East.  The sales force consists of direct sales representatives and distributor sales representatives 
employed by exclusive independent distributors. 

The terms the “Company,” “Globus,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Globus Medical, Inc. and, where 

applicable, our consolidated subsidiaries.  

(b) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for financial statements and with the instructions 
to Form 10-K and Article 10 of Regulation S-X.  

In the opinion of management, the statements include all adjustments necessary, which are of a normal 
and recurring nature, for the fair presentation of our financial position and of the results for the periods 
presented.  

(c) Principles of Consolidation 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Globus and its wholly 
owned  subsidiaries.    Our  consolidation  policy  requires  the  consolidation  of  entities  where  a  controlling 
financial interest is held as well as the consolidation of VIEs in which we are the primary beneficiary.  All 
intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. 

(d) Use of Estimates 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the 
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  We base our estimates, in part, on 
historical experience that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances.  Actual results 
could differ from those estimates.  Estimates and assumptions are periodically reviewed and the effects of 
revisions  are  reflected  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  the  period  they  are  determined  to  be 
necessary. 

Significant areas that require management’s estimates include intangible assets, contingent payment 
liabilities, allowance for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation, provision for excess and obsolete 
inventory, useful lives of assets, the outcome of litigation, and income taxes.  We are subject to risks and 
uncertainties due to changes in the healthcare environment, regulatory oversight, competition, and legislation 
that may cause actual results to differ from estimated results. 

97

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(e) Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is their local currency.  Assets and liabilities of 
the foreign subsidiaries are translated at the period end currency exchange rate and revenues and expenses 
are translated at an average currency exchange rate for the period.  The resulting foreign currency translation 
gains and losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.  Gains and losses 
arising from intercompany foreign transactions are included in other income/(expense) on the consolidated 
statement of operations.  We recognized foreign exchange gains/(losses) in other income/(expense) of $(0.2) 
million, $(0.4) million, and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

(f) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and all highly liquid investments with a maturity of 

three months or less when purchased.

(g) Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The majority of our accounts receivable is composed of amounts due from hospitals.  We carry our 
accounts receivable at cost less an allowance for doubtful accounts.  On a regular basis, we evaluate our 
accounts receivable and estimate an allowance for doubtful accounts, as needed, based on various factors 
such as our customers’ current credit conditions, length of time past due, and the general economy as a whole.  
Receivables are written off against the allowance when they are deemed uncollectible.

(h) Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk, are primarily cash 
and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.  Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable 
are limited due to the large number of entities comprising our customer base.  We perform ongoing credit 
evaluations of our customers and generally do not require collateral.

There was no customer that accounted for 10% or more of sales for the years ended December 31, 

2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

(i) Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis.  
The majority of our inventories are finished goods as we mainly utilize third-party suppliers to source our 
products.  We periodically evaluate the carrying value of our inventories in relation to our estimated forecast 
of  product  demand,  which  takes  into  consideration  the  estimated  life  cycle  of  product  releases.    When 
quantities on hand exceed estimated sales forecasts, we record a reserve for such excess inventories.

(j) Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.    Additions  or 
improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.  Depreciation and 
amortization are provided using the straight-line method over the related useful lives of the assets.

When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the related property, equipment, and accumulated 
depreciation amounts are relieved from the accounts, and any gain or loss is recorded in the consolidated 
statements of operations.

98

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(k) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable 
intangible assets that we acquired.  Goodwill is tested for impairment at a minimum on an annual basis.  
Goodwill  is  tested  for  impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level  by  comparing  the  reporting  unit’s  carrying 
amount, to the fair value of the reporting unit.  The fair values are estimated using an income and discounted 
cash flow approach.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, we performed a qualitative test for impairment 
as permitted under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) authoritative guidance.  During the years 
ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we did not record any impairment charges related to goodwill.  There 
was no goodwill in 2010.

Intangible  assets  consist  of  purchased  in-process  research  and  development  (“IPR&D”),  patents, 
customer relationships and non-compete agreements.  Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized 
over the period of estimated benefit using the straight-line method and estimated useful lives ranging from 
one to ten years.  Intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or whenever events or circumstances 
indicate that a carrying amount of an asset (asset group) may not be recoverable.  If impairment is indicated, 
we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair 
value of the asset.  Fair value is generally determined using a discounted future cash flow analysis.  We 
completed  our  annual  qualitative  intangible  asset  impairment  review  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2012  and 
determined that our intangible assets were not impaired.

IPR&D has an indefinite life and is not amortized until completion of the project at which time the 
IPR&D becomes an amortizable asset.  If the related project is not completed in a timely manner, we may 
have an impairment related to the IPR&D, calculated as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair 
value.

(l) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We periodically evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amount of long-lived assets, which include 
property and equipment, as well as whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable.  An impairment is assessed when the undiscounted future 
cash flows from the use and eventual disposition of an asset are less than its carrying value.  If impairment 
is indicated, we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying amount 
exceeds the fair value of the asset.  Our fair value methodology is based on quoted market prices, if available.  
If quoted market prices are not available, an estimate of fair value is made based on prices of similar assets 
or other valuation techniques including present value techniques.  We reviewed our long-lived assets over 
the course of 2012 and recorded an immaterial impairment charge as a component of cost of goods sold.

(m) Revenue Recognition

Revenue  is  recognized  when  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  product  delivery  has 
occurred, pricing is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.  A significant portion of our 
revenue is generated from consigned inventory maintained at hospitals or with sales representatives.  For 
these products, revenue is recognized at the time the product is used or implanted.  For all other transactions, 
we recognize revenue when title to the goods and risk of loss transfer to customers, provided there are no 
remaining performance obligations that will affect the customer’s final acceptance of the sale.  Our policy 
is to classify shipping and handling costs billed to customers as sales and the related expenses as cost of 
goods sold.

99

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(n) Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.  Research and development costs include 
salaries, employee benefits, supplies, consulting services, clinical services and clinical trial costs, and facilities 
costs.  Costs incurred in obtaining technology licenses and patents are charged immediately to research and 
development  expense  if  the  technology  licensed  has  not  reached  technological  feasibility  and  has  no 
alternative future use.

(o) Stock-Based Compensation

The cost for employee and non-employee director awards is measured at the grant date based on the 
fair value of the award.  The fair value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is 
recognized as expense over the requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity award).  
Awards issued to non-employees are recorded at their fair value as determined in accordance with authoritative 
guidance, and are periodically revalued as the awards vest and are recognized as expense over the requisite 
service period.

The determination of the fair value of stock options is made utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing 
model  which  is  affected  by  our  stock  price  and  a  number  of  assumptions,  including  expected  volatility, 
expected  term,  risk-free  interest  rate  and  expected  dividends.   The  expected  volatility  is  based  upon  the 
historical volatility of a public company peer group over the most recent period commensurate with the 
estimated expected term of the stock options.  The expected term of the stock options is determined utilizing 
the simplified method given the limited extent of our historical data.  The risk-free interest rate assumption 
is based on observed interest rates of U.S. Treasury securities appropriate for the expected terms of the stock 
options.  The dividend yield assumption is based on the history and expectation of no dividend payouts.

(p) Income Taxes

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to 
differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their 
respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to 
apply to taxable income in the year in which such items are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect 
on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the 
enactment date.  A valuation allowance is established to offset any deferred tax assets if, based upon available 
evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions.  
We will establish additional provisions for income taxes, when, despite the belief that tax positions are fully 
supportable, there remain certain positions that do not meet the minimum probability threshold that a tax 
position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the taxing authority.  In the normal 
course of business, we and our subsidiaries are examined by various federal, state, and foreign tax authorities.  
We regularly assess the potential outcomes of these examinations and any future examinations for the current 
or prior years in determining the adequacy of the provision for income taxes.  We periodically assess the 
likelihood and amount of potential adjustments and adjust the income tax provision, the current tax liability, 
and deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to a revision become known.

(q) Derivatives

We minimize risk from interest rate fluctuations through the normal operating and financing activities 
and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments.  Derivative financial 

100

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

instruments are used to manage risk and are not used for trading or speculative purposes.  Derivative financial 
instruments used for hedging purposes must be designated and effective as a hedge of the identified risk 
exposure at the inception of the contract.  Accordingly, changes in fair value of the derivative contract must 
be correlated with changes in fair value of the underlying hedged item at inception of the hedge and over the 
life of the hedge contract.  All derivatives are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as assets or liabilities 
and measured at fair value.  At December 31, 2010, we had an interest rate swap that did not qualify for hedge 
accounting.  There were no derivative financial instruments held as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.  See 
“Note 9. Derivative Financial Instruments” below for more details regarding the swap.

(r) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

As of December 31, 2012, the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, 
accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their respective fair values based 
on their short-term nature.  We classify our financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value into 
one  of  the  three  categories  based  upon  inputs  used  to  determine  fair  value.    See  “Note  4.  Fair  Value 
Measurements” below for more details regarding inputs and classifications.

(s) Advertising Expense

We expense advertising costs as they are incurred.  Advertising expense was $0.4 million, $0.4 million 

and $0.3 million, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

(t) Legal Costs

We expense legal costs related to loss contingencies as incurred.

(u) Reverse Stock Split and Initial Public Offering

In anticipation of our initial public offering (“IPO”) on March 13, 2012, our Board approved a reverse 
stock split of our common stock such that each two to five shares of issued common stock would be reclassified 
into one share of common stock, with the exact ratio within the two to five range to be subsequently determined 
by the Board.  The stockholders approved the range of the reverse stock split on June 8, 2012.  On July 9, 
2012, our Board approved a ratio of one share for every 3.25 shares previously held.  The reverse stock split 
became effective on July 31, 2012.  All common stock share and per-share amounts for all periods presented 
in these financial statements have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the reverse stock split.  See “Note 
10. Equity” below for more details regarding the IPO.

(v) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

Effective January 1, 2012, we adopted FASB authoritative guidance that amends previous guidance 
for the presentation of comprehensive income.  The new standard eliminates the option to present other 
comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity.  Under the revised guidance, an entity has the 
option to present the components of net income and other comprehensive income in either a single continuous 
statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive financial statements.  We are providing 
two separate but consecutive financial statements.  The new standard was required to be applied retroactively.  
Other than the change in presentation, the adoption of the new standard did not have an impact on our financial 
position or results of operations.  

Effective January 1, 2012, we adopted FASB authoritative guidance that amends previous guidance 
for fair value measurement and disclosure requirements.  The revised guidance changes certain fair value 
measurement  principles,  clarifies  the  application  of  existing  fair  value  measurements  and  expands  the 

101

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

disclosure requirements, particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements.  Adoption of the amendments did 
not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations. 

In  July  2012,  the  FASB  issued  amendments  to  the  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  impairment 
guidance,  which  provides  an  option  for  companies  to  use  a  qualitative  approach  to  test  indefinite-lived 
intangible assets for impairment if certain conditions are met.  Under the revised guidance, we may first 
determine  based  on  qualitative  factors  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  indefinite-lived 
intangible  assets  are  less  than  their  carrying  amount.    If  that  assessment  indicates  no  impairment,  the 
quantitative impairment test is not required.  The amendments are effective for annual and interim indefinite-
lived intangible asset impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012 (early 
adoption is permitted).  Adoption of the amendments did not have a material impact on our financial position 
or results of operations.

NOTE 2. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE 

The  net  earnings  per  share  is  computed  using  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares 
outstanding during each fiscal period reported as adjusted retroactively for the 3.25-to-1 reverse stock split 
effectuated prior to our IPO and the conversion of classes of our equity at the time of our IPO (see “Note 1.
(u) Reverse Stock Split and Initial Public Offering” above and “Note 10. Equity” below).  Net income 
per share assuming dilution is based on the weighted average number of common shares and share equivalents 
outstanding.  Common share equivalents include the effect of dilutive stock options using the treasury stock 
method.  

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share: 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Basic net earnings per common share:

Net income available to common stockholders

Number of shares used for basic EPS computation

Net earnings per common share - basic

Diluted net earnings per common share:

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

$

73,831

$

60,784

$

54,458

89,608

88,112

88,925

0.82

$

0.69

$

0.61

Net income available to common stockholders

$

73,831

$

60,784

$

54,458

Number of shares used for basic EPS computation

Dilutive stock options

Number of shares used for dilutive EPS computation

89,608

2,600

92,208

88,112

2,308

90,420

88,925

2,427

91,352

Net earnings per common share - diluted

$

0.80

$

0.67

$

0.60

102

 
GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Anti-dilutive common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options excluded from the calculation 

of diluted shares were as follows: 

(Shares, in thousands)

Anti-dilutive stock equivalents excluded from

weighted average calculation

NOTE 3. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS 

Year Ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

2,383

2,054

1,452

On January 10, 2011, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with a development-stage spinal 
company that was accounted for as a business combination.  The acquired company was privately held and 
focused on developing motion preservation spinal implants.  It developed ACADIA®, an anatomic facet 
reconstruction device designed to provide patients with lumbar spinal stenosis and facet degeneration a motion 
preservation alternative to fusion.  ACADIA® is currently involved in a U.S. Food and Drug Administration 
(“FDA”) approved investigational device exemption clinical study in the United States.  In addition to an 
initial payment, we may be obligated to make an additional milestone payment within 30 days of approval 
by the FDA of pre-market approval clearance concerning the ACADIA® product. 

On  September 13,  2011,  we  entered  into  an  asset  purchase  agreement  with  an  exclusive  sales 
distributor that was accounted for as a business combination.  In addition to the initial purchase price, we 
may be obligated to make additional performance payments based upon achievement of sales targets by the 
distributor. 

The table below illustrates the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the $7.5 million in  aggregate 

that was paid for the acquisitions upon closing during 2011: 

(In thousands)

Inventory

Identifiable intangible assets:

In-process research & development

Customer relationships

Non-compete agreements

Current liabilities

Contingent consideration

Other noncurrent liabilities

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill

Net assets acquired

$

1,443

4,100

3,291

112
(1,728) (1)
(5,007) (2)
(4,519) (3)
(2,308)
9,808

$

7,500

(1)  Includes $1.2 million of purchase price consideration due in the 12 months after the acquisition date.  The remaining $0.5 
million is assumed liabilities.  As of December 31, 2011, $1.2 million of cash payments due in 2012 are included in business 
acquisition liabilities, current on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

(2)  The contingent consideration relates to the achievement of certain regulatory and territory sales milestones.  The aggregate, 
undiscounted amount of contingent consideration that the Company could pay related to the acquisitions ranges from zero to 
$7.2 million (see “Note 4. Fair Value Measurements” below).

103

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(3)  Includes $4.1 million of purchase price consideration not paid as of the acquisition date.  As of December 31, 2011, unpaid 
purchase price installments, net of discount, of $3.7 million are included in business acquisition liabilities, net of current 
portion.  Cash payments of $1.2 million per year are due in 2013, 2014, and 2015 and payments of $0.8 million are due in 
2016.   Also  includes  $0.5  million  for  the  value  of  a  put  agreement  executed  in  connection  with  the  September  13,  2011 
acquisition (see “Note 10. Equity” below).

On July 18, 2012, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with a global medical device company, 
pursuant to which we acquired substantially all of its assets for $6.0 million.  In addition to the initial purchase 
price, we may be obligated to make revenue sharing payments based upon a percentage of net sales of products 
we acquired from it.  We accounted for this purchase as a business combination and as a result, recorded 
goodwill of $5.6 million.  The table below represents the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of 
this 2012 purchase:

(In thousands)

Inventory

Identifiable intangible assets:

Customer relationships

Non-compete agreements

Patents

Contingent consideration

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill

Net assets acquired

$

$

158

120

80

2,420
(2,311)
467

5,564

6,031

These acquisitions, which expand our product pipeline and retain key existing customer relationships, 
did  not  have  a  material  effect  on  our  consolidated  net  sales  or  operating  income  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2011 or for the year ended December 31, 2012.  The assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
as a result of the acquisitions were included in our consolidated balance sheet as of the acquisition dates.  
The  purchase  price  for  each  of  the  acquisitions  was  primarily  allocated  to  the  tangible  and  identifiable 
intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates.  
The  fair  value  assigned  to  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  was  determined  primarily  by  using  the 
income  approach,  which  discounts  expected  future  cash  flows  to  present  value  using  estimates  and 
assumptions determined by management.  Purchased identifiable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-
line basis over their respective estimated useful lives.  The excess purchase price over the value of the net 
tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill.  

A summary of intangible assets as of December 31, 2011 is presented below: 

(In thousands)

In-process research & development

Customer relationships

Non-compete agreements

Total intangible assets

Weighted-
Average
Amortization
Period
(in years)

—

10

4

104

Gross
Carrying
Amount  

Accumulated
Amortization  

Intangible
Assets, net

$

$

4,100

$

3,291

112

7,503

$

— $
(33)
(37)
(70) $

4,100

3,258

75

7,433

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

A summary of intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 is presented below:

(In thousands)

In-process research & development

Customer relationships

Patents

Non-compete agreements

Total intangible assets

Weighted-
Average
Amortization
Period
(in years)

Gross
Carrying
Amount  

Accumulated
Amortization  

Intangible
Assets, net

—

10

17

5

$

$

4,100

$

3,411

2,420

192

10,123

$

— $

(420)
(59)
(59)
(538) $

4,100

2,991

2,361

133

9,585

Amortization expense was as follows:

(in thousands)

Intangible asset amortization expense

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

468

$

70

$

—

Expected future intangible asset amortization as of December 31, 2012 is as follows:

(In thousands)

Year ending December 31:

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Thereafter

Total

Annual 
Amortization

$

527

527

527

524

495

2,885

5,485

The fair value of the IPR&D was determined using a relief from royalty approach, including a pre-
tax royalty rate of 9% and a discount rate of 19%.  IPR&D will become an amortizable asset upon completion 
of the project which is currently expected to be in 2016.  The estimated costs to complete the IPR&D project 
are approximately $6.8 million as of December 31, 2012.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of contingent 
payments associated with acquisitions during the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

105

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands)

Balance at December 31, 2010

Purchase price contingent consideration

Changes in fair value of contingent consideration classified in operating expenses

Balance at December 31, 2011

Purchase price contingent consideration

Changes in fair value of contingent consideration classified in operating expenses

Balance at December 31, 2012

$

$

—

5,007
(79)
4,928

2,311

119

7,358

NOTE 4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

Under the accounting for fair value measurements and disclosures, fair value is defined as the price 
that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most 
advantageous market for the asset or the liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on 
the  measurement  date.   Additionally,  a  fair  value  hierarchy  was  established  that  prioritizes  the  inputs  to 
valuation techniques used to measure fair value.  The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted 
prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.  The 
level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair 
value measurement. 

Our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are classified and disclosed in 

one of the following three categories: 

Level 1—quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; 

Level 2—observable  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  and 
liabilities; and 

Level 3—unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the 
reporting entity to use significant unobservable inputs or valuation techniques. 

The fair value of our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis was as follows: 

(In thousands)

Cash equivalents

Contingent consideration

(In thousands)

Cash equivalents

Contingent consideration

Balance at
December 31,
2011

Level 1

Level 2

$

95,603 $

95,603

4,928

—

—

—

Balance at
December 31,
2012

Level 1

Level 2

$

96,585 $

96,585

7,358

—

—

—

Level 3

—

4,928

Level 3

—

7,358

106

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Contingent  consideration  represents  our  contingent  milestone,  performance  and  revenue-sharing 
payment obligations related to our acquisitions and is measured at fair value and is based on significant inputs 
not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.  The 
valuation of contingent consideration uses assumptions we believe would be made by a market participant, 
such  as  the  probabilities  associated  with  successfully  completing  clinical  trials  and  obtaining  regulatory 
approval, of achieving sales milestones and the period in which these milestones are expected to be achieved, 
as well as discount rates, which range from 3.10% to 5.25%.  We assess these estimates on an ongoing basis 
as additional data impacting the assumptions is obtained.  Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration 
related to updated assumptions and estimates are recognized within research and development and selling, 
general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income. 

Assets and Liabilities That Are Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The purchase price of business acquisitions is primarily allocated to the tangible and identifiable 
intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates, 
with the excess recorded as goodwill.  We utilize Level 3 inputs in the determination of the initial fair value.  
Non-financial assets such as goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant, and equipment are subsequently 
measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when an 
impairment is recognized.  We assess the impairment of intangible assets annually or whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable.  
The  fair  value  of  our  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  is  not  estimated  if  there  is  no  change  in  events  or 
circumstances that indicate the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable.  We have not 
recorded impairment charges related to our business acquisitions.

NOTE 5. INVENTORIES

(In thousands)

Raw materials

Work in process

Finished goods

Total

NOTE 6. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

($ in thousands)

Land

Buildings and improvements

Equipment

Instruments
Modules and cases

Other property and equipment

Less: accumulated depreciation
Total

107

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

$

2,024

$

2,410

57,876

62,310

$

2,161

2,142

43,066

47,369

Useful Life

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

—

30

5-7

3
3

3-5

$

3,769

$

8,770

13,320

91,887
22,897

6,104

2,300

5,979

12,394

75,178
19,548

5,734

146,747
(85,658)
61,089

$

121,133
(68,739)
52,394

$

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Instruments are hand-held devices used by surgeons to install implants during surgery.  Modules 

and cases are used to store and transport the instruments and implants.

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was as follows:

(In thousands)

Depreciation and amortization

NOTE 7. ACCRUED EXPENSES 

(In thousands)

Compensation and other employee-related costs

Royalties

Legal and other settlements and expenses

Other

Total accrued expenses

NOTE 8. DEBT 

(a) Mortgage Loan 

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

17,640

$

16,879

$

15,196

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

$

16,733

$

13,145

1,805

1,924

4,541

1,497

2,776

3,850

25,003

$

21,268

In 2007, we entered into a four-year mortgage loan payable with a bank associated with our corporate 
headquarters in Audubon, Pennsylvania.  We made monthly principal payments plus interest at a rate of 
LIBOR plus 1.50%.  The mortgage was paid in full with a final balloon payment of $5.1 million in May 
2011. 

(b) Line of Credit 

In May 2011, and as amended in March 2012, we entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo 
Bank related to a revolving credit facility that provides for borrowings up to $50.0 million.  At our request, 
and with the approval of the bank, the amount of borrowings available under the revolving credit facility can 
be increased to $75.0 million.  The revolving credit facility includes up to a $25.0 million sub-limit for letters 
of credit.  The revolving credit facility term has been extended to May 2014.  Cash advances bear interest at 
our option either at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the daily LIBOR in effect for a one-month period 
plus 0.75% or a fixed rate for a one or three month period equal to LIBOR plus 0.75%.  The credit agreement 
governing  the  revolving  credit  facility  also  subjects  us  to  various  restrictive  covenants,  including  the 
requirement to maintain maximum consolidated leverage.  The covenants also include limitations on our 
ability to repurchase shares, to pay cash dividends or to enter into a sale transaction.  As of December 31, 
2012,  we  were  in  compliance  with  all  covenants  under  the  credit  agreement,  there  were  no  outstanding 
borrowings under the revolving credit facility and available borrowings were $50.0 million.  The revolving 
credit facility is subject to an unused commitment fee of 0.10% of the unused portion.  We may terminate 
the credit agreement at any time on ten days’ notice without premium or penalty. 

108

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 9. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

In the ordinary course of business, we may enter into contractual arrangements to reduce our exposure 
to interest rate risks.  We utilized an interest rate swap on the mortgage loan to reduce the impact of fluctuations 
in LIBOR interest rates (see “Note 8. Debt” above).  The notional amount of the swap amortized based on 
the same amortization schedule as the related mortgage debt and the hedged item (one-month LIBOR) was 
the same as the basis for the interest rate on the mortgage loan.  The swap effectively converted the rate on 
the mortgage loan from a floating rate based on LIBOR to a 6.99% fixed rate throughout the duration of the 
mortgage loan.  The swap and interest payments on the mortgage loan settled monthly.  There was no initial 
cost of the interest rate swap.  The counterparty to this contractual arrangement was Bank of America.

The fair value of the interest rate swap was included in current liabilities as of December 31, 2010.  
The mortgage loan and the interest rate swap both expired in May 2011.  The interest rate swap did not qualify 
for hedge accounting upon inception and as a result, the changes in fair value were recognized immediately 
in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. 

Changes in the fair value of the swap recognized and included in other income (expense), net were 

as follows:

(In thousands)

Change in fair value of interest rate swap

NOTE 10. EQUITY 

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

— $

(113) $

238

Prior to June 21, 2012, of the authorized number of shares of common stock, we had 360,000,000 
shares designated as Class A common stock (“Class A Common”), 309,178,636 shares designated as Class 
B common stock (“Class B Common”) and 10,000,000 shares designated as Class C common stock (“Class 
C Common”).  On June 21, 2012, we amended and restated our Certificate of Incorporation, and as a result, 
amended the number of authorized shares.  As of the amendment date, of the authorized number of shares 
of common stock, we had 500,000,000 shares designated as Class A Common, 275,000,000 shares designated 
as Class B Common and 10,000,000 shares designated as Class C Common.

The holders of Class A Common are entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common held.  
The holders of Class B Common are entitled to 10 votes for each share of Class B Common held.  The holders 
of Class A Common and Class B Common vote together as one class of common stock.  The Class C Common 
is nonvoting.  Except for voting rights, the Class A Common, Class B Common and Class C Common have 
the same rights and privileges. 

In August 2012, we completed our IPO.  We sold 2,083,333 shares of our Class A Common at an 
offering price of $12.00 per share.  We recognized gross proceeds of $25 million and our net proceeds received 
after underwriting fees and offering expenses were $21.0 million.  

All common stock share and per-share amounts for all periods presented in these financial statements 

have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the reverse stock split that became effective July 31, 2012.

Immediately prior to the closing of our IPO, we effectuated the following conversion:

109

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

• 

• 

• 

• 

the automatic conversion of all shares of our Series E preferred stock to 15,597,300 shares of our 
Class B Common; 

the subsequent automatic conversion of 49,655,411 shares of our Class B Common (which reflects 
all such shares of Class B Common held by those who beneficially owned less than 10% of the 
aggregate number of all outstanding shares of our common stock) to 49,655,411 shares of our 
Class A Common;

the automatic conversion of all shares of our Class C Common to 73,554 shares of our Class A 
Common; and

the automatic conversion of 3,039,385 shares of Class B Common to 3,039,385 shares of Class 
A Common upon their sale by the selling stockholders.

Although the number of outstanding shares of our Series E preferred stock did not change due to the 
reverse stock split, the rate at which shares of our Series E preferred stock converted into shares of Class B 
Common decreased proportionally to the reverse stock split ratio.  The reverse stock split did not affect the 
number of shares of capital stock we are authorized to issue.  As a result of the reverse stock split, the number 
of unreserved and issuable shares of authorized common stock increased.

Our issued and outstanding common shares by Class were as follows:

(Shares)
December 31, 2011
December 31, 2012

Class A 
Common

Class B
 Common

7,452,748

65,017,414

Class C
Common

58,407

63,892,508

27,377,556

—

Total

72,528,569

91,270,064

In  2011,  we  repurchased  1,233,397  shares  of  our  outstanding  common  stock  from  existing 

stockholders.  There were no repurchases during the year ended December 31, 2012.

In connection with a business acquisition in 2011, we entered into a put agreement with an existing 
stockholder (the “Put Agreement”).  Pursuant to the Put Agreement, the stockholder had the right and option 
to cause us to repurchase up to 25% of the stockholders’ shares on the last business day of September in each 
of 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017.  The put purchase price was to be determined based upon our trailing twelve 
months EBITDA.  

The put option was cancelable and could not be exercised any time after the earliest to occur of (i) 
the closing of an IPO, (ii) the date on which we enter into an agreement for a sale of the Company, as defined 
in the Put Agreement, and (iii) a breach event, as defined in the Put Agreement.  Under the terms of the Put 
Agreement, we canceled the put option upon the completion of our IPO.

We had the following amounts recorded related to the put option in business acquisition liabilities on 

our balance sheet:

(In thousands, except share amounts)

Shares of common stock subject to the Put Agreement

Value of the put option

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

—

— $

2,092,811

455

110

 
GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Series E Preferred Stock

Prior to our  reverse stock split that became effective July 31, 2012, we had 50,691,245 shares of 

Series E preferred stock outstanding.  

At the option of the holder, each share of Series E preferred stock is convertible into shares of Class 
B Common.  The number of shares of Class B Common into which each share of Series E preferred stock 
may be converted is determined by multiplying the Series E preferred stock conversion rate then in effect by 
the number of shares of Series E preferred stock being converted.  The conversion rate for the Series E 
preferred stock is determined by dividing the original issue price ($7.05 per share) by the Series E preferred 
conversion price then in effect.  The Series E preferred conversion price is initially equal to the original issue 
price, making the Series E conversion rate for the July 31, 2012 reverse split 3.25-to-1.  The Series E conversion 
rate may be adjusted upon certain events.  The Series E preferred conversion price will be proportionately 
decreased if we effect a subdivision of the outstanding common stock without a corresponding subdivision 
of  Series  E.    In  the  event  of  an  IPO  or  merger,  as  defined  in  our Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of 
Incorporation, with a gross offering price less than 2.0 times the Series E preferred conversion price in effect 
immediately prior to the event, the Series E conversion rate in effect immediately before the transaction 
equals 2.0 times the Original Issue Price divided by the gross offering price, as defined.  Additionally, there 
are specified adjustments to the Series E preferred conversion price in the event of common stock dividends 
or distributions, recapitalization reclassification, consolidation or merger as discussed in the Amended and 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

As noted above, the terms of our Series E preferred stock provide that the ratio at which each share 
of Series E preferred stock automatically converts into shares of our Class B common stock in connection 
with an initial public offering will increase if the initial offering price per share of common stock is below 
$14.10,  which  amount  would  result  in  additional  shares  of  Class  B  common  stock  being  issued  upon 
conversion.  Our initial offering price per share of common stock was $12.00.  The holders of our Series E 
preferred stock waived this conversion rate adjustment feature with respect to our IPO.  As a result of the 
waiver, the Series E preferred stock converted into 15,597,300 shares of common stock.  For further details 
regarding Series E prior to the IPO, please refer to our prospectus filed August 3, 2012.

NOTE 11.  STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 

We have three Stock Plans (the “Plans”), the purpose of which is to provide incentive to employees, 
directors, and consultants of Globus.  We have reserved an aggregate of 5,606,764 shares of Class A Common 
and 4,153,846 shares of Class B Common pursuant to our Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan (the “2003 
Plan”) and our 2008 Stock Plan (the “2008 Plan”).  The Plans are administered by the Board.  The number, 
type of option, exercise price, and vesting terms are determined by the Board in accordance with the terms 
of the Plans.  The options granted expire on a date specified by the Board, but generally not more than 
ten years from the grant date.  Option grants to employees generally vest monthly over a four-year period.  

The  Board  approved  the  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (the  “2012  Plan”)  in  March  2012,  and  our 
stockholders subsequently approved the 2012 Plan in June 2012.  Under the terms of the 2012 Plan, the 
aggregate number of shares of Class A Common that may be issued subject to options and other awards is 
equal to the sum of (1) 3,076,923 shares, (2) any shares available for issuance under the 2008 Plan as of 
March 13, 2012, (3) any shares underlying awards outstanding under the 2008 Plan as of March 13, 2012 
that, on or after that date, are forfeited, terminated, expired or lapse for any reason, or are settled for cash 
without  delivery  of  shares  and  (4) starting  January 1,  2013,  an  annual  increase  in  the  number  of  shares 

111

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

available under the 2012 Plan equal to up to 3% of the number of shares of our common and preferred stock 
outstanding at the end of the previous year, as determined by the Board.  The number of shares that may be 
issued or transferred pursuant to incentive stock options under the 2012 Plan is limited to 10,769,230 shares.  
The shares of Class A Common covered by the 2012 Plan are authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares 
or common stock purchased on the open market.

As of December 31, 2012, there were 5,952,479 shares of common stock available for future grants 

under the Plans. 

The weighted average grant date per share fair values of the options awarded to employees were as 

follows:

Weighted average grant date per share fair value

$

5.90

$

5.14

$

5.69

The fair value of the options was estimated on the date of the grant using a Black-Scholes option 

pricing model with the following assumptions:

December 31,
2012

Year Ended

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

Risk-free interest rate

Expected term (years)

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

December 31,
2012

Year Ended

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

0.90% - 1.10 % 1.46% - 2.65% 1.52% - 2.64%

6

6

6

44.0% - 47.0 % 46.5% - 47.0% 46.5% - 53.5%

—%

—%

—%

Stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 is summarized as 

follows:  

Option Shares
(thousands)

Weighted
average exercise
price

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life
(years)

Aggregate
intrinsic value
(thousands)

Outstanding at December 31, 2009
Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31, 2012
Exercisable at December 31, 2012

5,742 $
1,070

(581 )

(387 )

5,844

1,185

(149 )

(426 )

6,454

1,228

(1,061 )

(368 )

6,253 $
4,291 $

2.76
11.27

2.24

5.59

4.19

10.86

4.13

8.65

5.14

13.10

1.42

9.55

6.99
4.65

112

6.4
5.2

$
$

26,242
25,828

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

We use the Black Scholes pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock options (see “Note 
1.  Background  and  Summary  of  Significant Accounting  Policies,  (o)  Stock-Based  Compensation” 
above).  Subsequent to the February 2012 and March 2012 stock option grants, we reassessed the fair value 
of our stock options on those dates of grant by updating the assumptions and facts considered in an October 
2011  valuation  report  upon  which  we  relied  to  take  into  account  our  actual  results,  market  conditions, 
comparable company results, and the timing of our anticipated IPO.  On July 2, 2012, we determined that 
the fair value as of the February 2, 2012 grant was $12.06 and that the fair value as of the March 28, 2012 
grant was $14.10, rather than $10.34 as originally determined.  The impact on net income for the three months 
ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012 was not material.

Compensation expense related to stock options granted to employees and non-employees under the 

Plans and the intrinsic value of stock options exercised was as follows:

(In thousands)

Compensation expense related to stock options

Intrinsic value of stock options exercised

December 31,
2012

Year Ended

December 31,
2011

$

4,635

$

3,286

$

12,507

969

December 31,
2010

4,025

5,051

As of December 31, 2012, there was $9.4 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to 

unvested employee stock options that are expected to vest over a weighted average period of three years.  

At various dates since our formation, we sold shares of Class A Common and Class B Common to 
certain employees and non-employees through the receipt of promissory notes.  For accounting purposes, 
these promissory notes are considered the issuance of an option as opposed to the sale of stock, since we did 
not contemporaneously document the borrower’s ability to repay the promissory notes.  As a result, we have 
recognized compensation expense for these awards through their vesting period.

As  there  were  no  grants  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2012,  2011,  and  2010,  there  was  no 
compensation expense related to these deemed options granted to employees and non-employees for those 
years.

For accounting purposes, the repayment of a promissory note is considered an exercise of the deemed 
option.    Since  the  shares  are  legally  issued  and  outstanding,  they  are  reflected  in  the  accompanying 
consolidated balance sheets and statements of equity and comprehensive income.  The notes were fully repaid 
as of December 31, 2011.

113

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 12. INCOME TAXES

The components of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows:

(In thousands)

Domestic

Foreign

Total

Year ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

$

114,176

477

114,653

$

$

97,677
(728)
96,949

$

$

87,539

200

87,739

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

(In thousands)

Current:

Federal

State

Foreign

Deferred:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total

Year ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

40,338

$

28,846

$

25,574

6,419

345

47,102

(5,510)
(352)
(418)
(6,280)
40,822

$

4,889

373

34,108

2,062
(52)
47

2,057

5,357

351

31,282

2,015

31
(47)
1,999

$

36,165

$

33,281

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to our effective rate is as follows:

Statutory U.S. federal tax rate

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

Domestic production activities deduction

Tax credits

Nondeductible expenses and other

Effective tax rate

Year ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

35.0 %

2.9 %

(2.3)%

(0.1)%

0.1 %

35.6 %

35.0 %

3.3 %

(1.5)%

(1.0)%

1.5 %

37.3 %

35.0 %

3.9 %

(1.3)%

(1.2)%

1.5 %

37.9 %

114

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the basis of assets and 
liabilities  recognized  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  tax  purposes.    Significant  components  of  our 
deferred income taxes are as follows:

(In thousands)

Deferred tax assets:

Inventory reserve

Accruals, reserves, and other currently not deductible

Stock-based compensation

Foreign net operating loss carryforwards

Total deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation and amortization

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

16,288

$

14,414

5,639

4,913

952

27,792
(533)
27,259

(9,993)
(782)
(10,775)
16,484

$

$

2,603

3,843

1,149

22,009
(1,149)
20,860

(9,326)
(1,129)
(10,455)
10,405

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely 
than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of 
deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which 
those  temporary  differences  become  deductible.    Based  upon  the  level  of  historical  taxable  income  and 
projections  for  future  taxable  income  over  the  periods  in  which  the  deferred  tax  assets  are  deductible, 
management believes it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of these deductible differences 
at December 31, 2012.  The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced 
in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.  Of the 
amount presented above as of December 31, 2012, $0.4 million of long-term deferred tax assets is included 
as a component of other assets on our consolidated balance sheet.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

(In thousands)

Unrecognized tax benefit at the beginning of the year

Additions related to current year tax positions

Additions related to prior year tax positions

Reductions related to current year tax positions

Reductions related to prior year tax positions

Unrecognized tax benefit at the end of the year

Year ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

$

2,799

673

46

—
(18)
3,500

$

$

3,845

612

$

$

22
(86)
(1,594)
2,799

2,455

863

582

—
(55)
3,845

115

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The impact of our unrecognized tax benefits to the effective income tax rate is as follows:

(In thousands)

Portion of total unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, that would affect the effective 

income tax rate

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

$

747

$

591

Interest and penalties are recorded in the statement of operations as provision for income taxes.  The 
total  interest  and  penalties  recorded  in  the  statement  of  operations  was  nominal  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.  Our uncertain tax benefits could increase in the next twelve months as 
we continue our current transfer pricing policies and deduct additional tax credits.  We are unable to estimate 
a range of reasonably possible changes in our uncertain tax benefits in the next twelve months as we are 
unable to predict when, or if, the tax authorities will commence audits, the time needed for the audits, and 
the audit findings that will require settlement with the applicable tax authorities, if any.  The tax years that 
remained subject to examination by a major tax jurisdiction as of December 31, 2012 were 2008 and beyond 
for India and Switzerland; 2009 and beyond for the United States, Belgium and Germany; 2010 and beyond 
for the United Kingdom, Poland and South Africa and 2011 for Denmark, Sweden, Israel and Australia.

On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “ATRA”) was signed into law.  
One of the provisions of the ATRA was a reinstatement and extension of the research and experimentation 
tax credit from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2013.  However, as of December 31, 2012 no benefit 
could be recognized for this tax credit due to the passage of the ATRA in 2013.  We estimate that the impact 
on the year ended December 31, 2012 would have been a tax benefit of approximately $0.7 million, which 
we will record as a discrete tax benefit in the first quarter of 2013, the period in which the legislation, including 
the reinstatement, was enacted.

NOTE 13. LEASES

The  Company  leases  certain  equipment  and  office  facilities  under  operating  leases.    As  of 
December 31, 2012, minimum future rental payments under operating leases for each of the next five years 
are as follows:

(In thousands)

Year ending December 31:

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Thereafter

Total

116

$

638

519

260

128

69

40

$

1,654

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Rent  expense  related  to  all  operating  leases  recognized  as  a  component  of  selling,  general  and 

administrative expenses was as follows:

(In thousands)

Rent expense

Year ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

419

$

317

$

268

NOTE 14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

We are involved in a number of proceedings, legal actions, and claims.  Such matters are subject to 
many uncertainties, and the outcomes of these matters are not within our control and may not be known for 
prolonged periods of time.  In some actions, the claimants seek damages, as well as other relief, including 
injunctions prohibiting us from engaging in certain activities, which, if granted, could require significant 
expenditures and/or result in lost revenues.  We record a liability in the consolidated financial statements for 
these actions when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.  If 
the reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better 
estimate than any other, the minimum amount of the range is accrued.  If a loss is possible but not known or 
probable, and can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed.  In most cases, 
significant judgment is required to estimate the amount and timing of a loss to be recorded.  While it is not 
possible to predict the outcome for most of the matters discussed, we believe it is possible that costs associated 
with them could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated earnings, financial position or cash 
flows.

Compliance-Civil Monetary Penalties Proceeding-NUBONE®

In February 2012, we and David Paul, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), reached 
a settlement with the FDA to resolve an administrative complaint alleging Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act 
violations  regarding  the  marketing  of  our  product,  NUBONE®.    We  voluntarily  discontinued  the 
manufacturing and sale of NUBONE® in 2010 despite a history of safe use.  The settlement did not constitute 
an admission of liability or fault by either us or our CEO.  

A settlement agreement of $1.0 million was finalized and paid in February 2012.  The full settlement 
amount was accrued (and included in the provision for litigation settlements on the income statement) as of 
December 31, 2011.

Patent Infringement Litigation-PIVOT® & Non-PIVOT® Systems

Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. had filed suit (the original complaint was filed in September 2006) against 
us in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania alleging, among other matters, 
that  we  are  infringing  the  claims  of  nine  patents  (the  “Competitor  Patents”)  in  connection  with  our 
manufacture, sale, and use of certain products, including the PIVOT® MIS System.  Warsaw sought damages 
and injunctive relief against any Globus product held to infringe on one or more Competitor Patents.

A jury trial began in September 2008 on the claims regarding the PIVOT® MIS System with the 
remainder of the claims being settled shortly thereafter.  The jury found that the PIVOT® MIS System infringed 
certain Competitor Patents.  On July 16, 2009, the court awarded damages to Warsaw in the amount of $2.8 

117

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

million, but denied Warsaw’s claim for injunctive relief.  Both parties appealed the court’s ruling.  Warsaw 
voluntarily dismissed its appeal.  The appeal was decided on January 26, 2011 with a finding that certain 
claims of the Competitor Patents are invalid and certain claims are valid.  As a result of the appeals court 
ruling, the damages awarded by the trial court stand.  After the appeal ruling, the parties stipulated to conclude 
the litigation. 

As of December 31, 2010, we had accrued $3.0 million based on the trial court damages award for 
the PIVOT® matters and for ongoing royalty payments in 2011.  In June 2011, we paid $3.0 million, including 
post-judgment interest.

N-Spine and Synthes Litigation 

In April 2010, N-Spine, Inc. and Synthes USA Sales, LLC filed suit against us in the U.S. District 
Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  N-Spine, the patent owner, and Synthes USA, a 
licensee of the subject patent, allege that we infringe one or more claims of the patent by making, using, 
offering for sale or selling our TRANSITION® stabilization system product.  N-Spine and Synthes USA seek 
injunctive relief and an unspecified amount in damages.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  This 
matter was stayed on July 14, 2011 pending the resolution of an inter partes reexamination on the asserted 
patent granted by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office in February 2011.  In December 2011, the examiner 
withdrew the original grounds of rejection of the asserted patent and we have appealed the examiner’s decision.  
The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  
Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not 
recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

Synthes USA, LLC, Synthes USA Products, LLC and Synthes USA Sales, LLC Litigation 

In July 2011, Synthes USA, LLC, Synthes USA Products, LLC and Synthes USA Sales, LLC filed 
suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware for patent infringement.  Synthes USA 
LLC, the patent owner, Synthes USA Products, LLC, a licensee to manufacture products of the subject patents, 
and Synthes USA Sales LLC, a licensee to sell products of the subject patents, allege that we infringe one or 
more  claims  of  three  patents  by  making,  using,  offering  for  sale  or  selling  our  COALITION®, 
INDEPENDENCE®  and  INTERCONTINENTAL®  products.    Synthes  seeks  injunctive  relief  and  an 
unspecified amount in damages.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this 
litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with 
authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to 
this litigation.

L5 Litigation 

In December 2009, we filed suit in the Court of Common Pleas of Montgomery County, Pennsylvania 
against our former exclusive independent distributor L5 Surgical, LLC and its principals, seeking an injunction 
and declaratory judgment concerning certain restrictive covenants made to L5 by its sales representatives.  
L5 brought counterclaims against us alleging tortious interference, unfair competition and conspiracy.  The 
injunction phase was resolved in September 2010, and the parties’ underlying damages claims are pending.  
We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, 
nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance on the 
evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

118

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NuVasive Infringement Litigation 

In October 2010, NuVasive, Inc. filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of 
Delaware for patent infringement.  NuVasive, the patent owner, alleges that we infringe one or more claims 
of three patents by making, using, offering for sale or selling our MARS™ 3V, TRANSCONTINENTAL®, 
INTERCONTINENTAL®, and CALIBER®-L products.  NuVasive seeks injunctive relief and an unspecified 
amount in damages.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  This matter is currently near the end of the 
discovery stage.  Additionally, we sought inter partes reexaminations of the three patents asserted by NuVasive 
in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, which were granted in April 2012.  In August 2012, the examiner 
withdrew the original grounds of rejection of the patents asserted by NuVasive, and we are in the process of 
appealing the examiner’s decision.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can 
we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance on the evaluation 
of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

NuVasive Employee Litigation 

We have hired several employees who were formerly employed by NuVasive, Inc.  In July 2011, 
NuVasive filed suit against us in the District Court of Travis County Texas alleging that our hiring of one 
named former employee and other unnamed former employees constitutes tortious interference with their 
contract with employees, and with prospective business relationships, as well as aiding and abetting the 
breach  of  fiduciary  duty.    NuVasive  is  seeking  compensatory  damages,  permanent  injunction,  punitive 
damages and attorneys’ fees.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this 
litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with 
authoritative guidance on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to 
this litigation.

Bianco Litigation 

On March 21, 2012, Sabatino Bianco filed suit against us in the Federal District Court for the Eastern 
District  of  Texas  claiming  that  we  misappropriated  his  trade  secret  and  confidential  information  and 
improperly  utilized  it  in  developing  our  CALIBER®  product.    Bianco  alleges  that  we  engaged  in 
misappropriation of trade secrets, breach of contract, unfair competition, fraud and theft and seeks correction 
of inventorship, injunctive relief and exemplary damages.  On April 20, 2012, Bianco filed a motion for a 
preliminary injunction, seeking to enjoin us from making, using, selling, importing or offering for sale our 
CALIBER® product.  On November 15, 2012, the court denied Bianco’s motion for preliminary injunction. 
The matter is now in the discovery phase of litigation on the underlying damages claims.  We intend to defend 
our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a 
range  of  potential  loss.    Therefore,  in  accordance  with  authoritative  guidance  on  the  evaluation  of  loss 
contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

Altus Partners, LLC Litigation

On February 20, 2013, Altus Partners, LLC filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the 
Eastern District of Pennsylvania for patent infringement.  Altus Partners, LLC alleges that we infringe one 
or more claims of U.S. Patent No. 8,162,989, which issued on April 24, 2012, by making, using, offering for 
sale or selling our REVERE® products.  Altus Partners seeks injunctive relief and an unspecified amount in 
damages.  We intend to defend our rights vigorously.  The probable outcome of this litigation cannot be 

119

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

determined, nor can we estimate a range of potential loss.  Therefore, in accordance with authoritative guidance 
on the evaluation of loss contingencies, we have not recorded an accrual related to this litigation.

In addition, we are subject to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.  

NOTE 15. 401(k) PLAN

We maintain a 401(k) Plan covering all eligible employees.  Under the 401(k) Plan, we will make 
nondiscretionary matching contributions at the rate of 100% of employee’s contributions up to a maximum 
annual contribution of $6,000 per eligible employee, limited to 3% of the employee’s compensation for the 
period.  Company matching contributions to the plan were as follows:

(In thousands)

401(k) matching contributions

Year ended

December 31,
2012

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

1,055

$

944

$

709

NOTE 16. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

We have contracted with a third-party manufacturer in which certain of our senior management and 
significant stockholders have or had ownership interests and leadership positions.  This supplier had been 
consolidated  through  December  29,  2009,  and  the  effect  of  this  entity  in  our  consolidated  statements  of 
income resulted in gross profit of $0.4 million, $1.4 million, $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 
2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, due to the sale or write-off of inventory purchased when the entity was 
consolidated and our inventory cost reflected the entity’s cost to produce rather than invoice price.

We have purchased the following amounts of products and services from the supplier:

(In thousands)

Purchases from related-party supplier

December 31,
2012

Year Ended

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

20,159 $

17,685

$

12,013

As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we had $2.6 million and $1.2 million of accounts 

payable due to the supplier. 

NOTE 17. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION 

Operating  segments  are  defined  as  components  of  an  enterprise  for  which  separate  financial 
information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making 
group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.  We globally manage the business 
within  one  reportable  segment.    Segment  information  is  consistent  with  how  management  reviews  the 
business, makes investing and resource allocation decisions and assesses operating performance.  Products 
are sold principally in the United States.  Segmentation of operating income and identifiable assets is not 
applicable since our sales outside the United States are export sales, and substantially all of our long-lived 
operating assets reside within the United States. 

120

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table represents total sales by geographic area, based on the location of the customer: 

(In thousands)

United States

International

Total sales

December 31,
2012

Year Ended

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

$

355,609

30,385

385,994

$

$

311,024

20,454

331,478

$

$

277,974

10,221

288,195

We classify our products into two categories: Innovative Fusion products and Disruptive Technology 

products.  The following table represents total sales by product category: 

(In thousands)

Innovative Fusion

Disruptive Technology

Total sales

December 31,
2012

Year Ended

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

$

$

238,723 $

224,356 $

147,271

107,122

385,994 $

331,478 $

215,565

72,630

288,195

NOTE 18. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited) 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Sales

Gross profit

Net Income

Net earnings per common share - basic

Net earnings per common share - diluted

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Sales

Gross profit

Net Income

Net earnings per common share - basic

Net earnings per common share - diluted

(unaudited)

March 31,
2012

June 30,
2012

September 30,
2012

December 31,
2012

$

94,717 $

95,977 $

94,764 $

100,536

76,326

17,576

0.20

0.19

77,598

19,001

0.22

0.21

75,892

16,487

0.18

0.18

80,979

20,767

0.23

0.22

(unaudited)

March 31,
2011

June 30,
2011

September 30,
2011

December 31,
2011

$

78,279 $

80,936 $

84,270 $

63,380

14,431

0.16

0.16

63,667

15,920

0.18

0.18

67,129

16,863

0.19

0.19

87,993

68,506

13,570

0.15

0.15

121

 
GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our  CEO  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  (“CFO”), 
evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2012.  The term 
“disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, 
as amended, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information 
required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, 
processed,  summarized  and  reported,  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms.  
Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure 
that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange 
Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and 
principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  Based 
on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2012, our CEO and CFO 
concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective. 

Evaluation of Internal Control over Financial Reporting    

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over 

financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act.

This Annual Report does not include a report of management's assessment regarding internal control 
over financial reporting due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the 
evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during our most 
recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal 
control over financial reporting. 

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, believes that our disclosure controls and procedures 
and internal control over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their 
objectives and are effective at the reasonable assurance level.  However, our management does not expect 
that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all 
errors  and  all  fraud.   A  control  system,  no  matter  how  well  conceived  and  operated,  can  provide  only 
reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.  Further, the design of 
a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be 
considered relative to their costs.  Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation 
of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been 

122

Table of Contents

detected.  For example, these inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can 
be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake.  Additionally, controls can 
be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management 
override of the controls.  The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions 
about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving 
its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.  Because of 
the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and 
not be detected.

Item 9B. Other Information 

None.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics for all employees, officers, directors, as well as a Code of Ethics 
specifically for our principal executive officer and senior financial officers, both of which are available on 
our  website,  www.globusmedical.com.    We  intend  to  disclose  future  amendments  to,  or  waivers  from, 
provisions of our Code of Ethics that apply to our Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer, 
Principal Accounting Officer, or Controller, or persons performing similar functions, within four business 
days of such amendment or waiver.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our executive officers, directors and beneficial owners of more 
than 10 percent of any registered class of equity securities (“Reporting Persons”) to file an initial report of 
ownership (Form 3) and reports of changes of ownership (Forms 4 and 5) of our securities with the SEC.  
These persons are also required to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) reports that they file 
with respect to our securities.  Based solely upon a review of Section 16(a) reports furnished to us for the 
year ended December 31, 2012 and written representations from certain Reporting Persons that no other 
reports  were  required,  we  believe  that  all  the  Reporting  Persons  complied  with  all  applicable  filing 
requirements for the year ended December 31, 2012, except that Forms 3 and 4 with respect to Steven Payne, 
our Chief Accounting Officer, were filed on June 11, 2013.

The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K with respect to the directors and executive 
officers  will  appear  under  the  heading  “Proposal  1  -  Election  of  Directors”  in  the  Company's  Proxy 
Statement  for  the  2013 Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  which  information  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference.  The other information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K will appear under the headings 
“Proposal 1 - Election of Directors,” “Information Concerning the Board of Directors and Corporate 
Governance,” and “Executive Officers” in the Company's Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting 
of Stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

The  information  required  by  Item  407(c)(3)  of  Regulation  S-K  will  appear  under  the  headings 
“Information  Concerning  the  Board  of  Directors  and  Corporate  Governance  -  Committees  of  the 
123

Table of Contents

Board  of  Directors  -  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee”  in  the  Company's  Proxy 
Statement  for  the  2013 Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  which  information  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference.

The information required by Items 407(d)(4) and (d)(5) of Regulation S-K will appear under the 
heading “Information Concerning the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance - Committees of 
the Board of Directors - Audit Committee” in the Company's Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting 
of Stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K will appear under the heading “Executive 
Compensation” in the Company's Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which 
information is incorporated herein by reference.

The  information  required  by  Item  407(e)(4)  of  Regulation  S-K  will  appear  under  the  heading 
“Information  Concerning  the  Board  of  Directors  and  Corporate  Governance  -  Committees  of  the 
Board of Directors - Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Company's 
Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by 
reference.

The  information  required  by  Item  407(e)(5)  of  Regulation  S-K  will  appear  under  the  heading 
“Executive Compensation - Compensation Committee Report” in the Company's Proxy Statement for 
the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Stockholder Matters

The information required hereunder concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and 
management  will  appear  under  the  headings  “Executive  Compensation  -  Equity  Compensation  Plan 
Information”  and  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management,”  in  the 
Company's Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which information is incorporated 
herein by reference. 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Procedures for Approval of Related-Party Transactions

Our Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for  reviewing  and  approving  or  ratifying  any  related-party 
transaction reaching a certain threshold of significance.  In the course of its review and approval or ratification 
of a related-party transaction, the Audit Committee considers, among other things, consistent with Item 404 
of Regulation S-K, the following:

• 

• 

• 

the nature and amount of the related person's interest in the transaction;

the material terms of the transaction, including, without limitation, the amount and type of 
transaction; and

any other matters the Audit Committee deems appropriate.

124

Table of Contents

Any member of the Audit Committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under 
review will not be permitted to participate in the deliberations or vote respecting approval or ratification of 
the transaction.  However, such director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting 
of the Audit Committee that considers the transaction.

Related Person Transactions

Since 2005, we have contracted with a third-party supplier that manufactures certain products for us. 
As of March 31, 2013, David C. Paul's wife, David D. Davidar's wife, and David M. Demski collectively 
owned  approximately  47%  of  the  outstanding  stock  of  the  supplier.    In  addition,  since  February  2010, 
Mr. Paul's wife and Mr. Davidar's wife have served and continue to serve as directors of the supplier.  We 
purchase products and services from the supplier from time to time pursuant to a standard Supplier Quality 
Agreement entered into on an arm's-length basis in September 2010.  During 2012, we purchased $20.2 
million of products and services from the supplier.

Director Independence

Our Board of Directors consists of seven members: David C. Paul, David D. Davidar, David M. 
Demski, Daniel T. Lemaitre, Robert W. Liptak, Ann D. Rhoads, and Kurt C. Wheeler.  Our Board of Directors 
has affirmatively determined that Messrs. Lemaitre, Liptak and Wheeler and Ms. Rhoads meet the definition 
of “independent director” under New York Stock Exchange listing standards.  Messrs. Paul, Davidar and 
Demski do not meet the definition of “independent director.”

Our Board of Directors has three permanent committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation 
Committee, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.  Our Audit Committee consists of 
Ms. Rhoads, and Messrs. Lemaitre and Liptak.  Our Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Paul, 
Lemaitre, Liptak and Wheeler.  Messrs. Lemaitre, Liptak and Wheeler also serve on our Equity Compensation 
Committee, a subcommittee of our Compensation Committee established to administer our equity-based 
compensation plans.  Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consists of Messrs. Paul and 
Demski and Ms. Rhoads.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required hereunder will appear under the heading “Proposal 2 - Ratification of 
Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Company's Proxy Statement for the 
2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

125

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) (1) Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(a) (2) Financial Statement Schedules

Page

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

SCHEDULE II. VALUATION ACCOUNTS AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

(In thousands)

Year ended December 31, 2010

Year ended December 31, 2011

Year ended December 31, 2012

Deferred tax valuation allowance:

(In thousands)

Year ended December 31, 2010

Year ended December 31, 2011

Year ended December 31, 2012

Beginning of
period

$

$

383

608

602

$

$

Additions

Write-offs

End of period

397

105

363

$

$

(172) $
(111)

(4) $

608

602

961

Beginning of
period

$

$

468

911

1,149

$

$

Additions

Write-offs

End of period

$

443

238

— $

— $

—
(616) $

911

1,149

533

126

Table of Contents

(b) Exhibits, including those incorporated by reference

Exhibit No.

Item

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Globus Medical, Inc. (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on August 2, 2012).
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated 
July 31, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 
5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on August 2, 2012).
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated 
August 20, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q/A 
filed on September 19, 2012).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Globus Medical, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
3.6 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on March 29, 2012).
Specimen Certificate for Class A Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 
of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on 
July 16, 2012).
Amended and Restated Stock Sale Agreement, dated July 23, 2007, by and among Globus 
Medical, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
4.2 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Stock Sale Agreement, dated January 14, 2009, 
by and among Globus Medical, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).

Investor Rights Agreement, dated July 23, 2007, by and among Globus Medical, Inc. and 
certain  stockholders  named  therein  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.4  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
First Amendment to  Investor  Rights Agreement, dated  January  14,  2009,  by  and  among 
Globus Medical, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.5 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 
filed on May 8, 2012).
Voting Agreement,  dated  June  14,  2004,  by  and  among  Globus  Medical,  Inc.,  certain 
stockholders and David C. Paul (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012) (the 
“2004 Voting Agreement”).
First Amendment to the 2004 Voting Agreement, dated July 20, 2012, by and among Globus 
Medical, Inc., certain stockholders and David C. Paul (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.20 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on July 23, 2012).
Voting Agreement, dated July 23, 2007, by and among Globus Medical, Inc. and certain 
stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012) (the 
“2007 Voting Agreement”).
First Amendment to 2007 Voting Agreement, dated April 4, 2011, by and among Globus 
Medical, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.3 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).

127

Table of Contents

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

Second Amendment to  the  2007 Voting Agreement, dated  July  20,  2012,  by  and  among 
Globus Medical, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.21 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on July 23, 2012).
Globus Medical, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment  to  the  Globus  Medical,  Inc. Amended  and  Restated  2003  Stock  Plan 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  of  the  Registrant’s Amendment  No.  1  to  the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Globus  Medical,  Inc.  2008  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Globus Medical, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 
of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on 
May 8, 2012).
Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2003 Stock Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Stock Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice and Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 
2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Notice and Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement 
under  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.11  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Employment Agreement, dated March 26, 2012 by and between Globus Medical, Inc. and 
Richard Baron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Registrant’s Amendment 
No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Vice President Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 2005, by and between Globus Medical, 
Inc.  and  Brett  Murphy  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.13  of  the  Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment to Vice President Employment Agreement, dated November 1, 2006, by 
and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Brett Murphy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.14 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).
Second Amendment to Vice President Employment Agreement, dated February 8, 2011, by 
and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Brett Murphy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.15 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).
Credit Agreement, dated May 3, 2011, by and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Wells Fargo 
Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment  to  Credit Agreement,  dated  March  16,  2012,  by  and  between  Globus 
Medical,  Inc.  and Wells Fargo Bank,  National Association (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.17 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form  of  Indemnification Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.18  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).

128

Table of Contents

10.21

21.1

23.1
24.1
31.1*

31.2*

32**

Form  of  No  Competition  and  Non-Disclosure Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.19 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Subsidiaries  of  Globus  Medical,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  21.1  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on August 
2, 2012).
Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.
Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
Certification by Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002.
Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002.
Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS† XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

*
**
†

Filed herewith.
Furnished herewith.
Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the interactive data files on Exhibit 101 hereto
shall not be deemed “filed” as part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes
of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act, and are not filed for purposes of Section 18 of
the Exchange Act, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of those sections.

129

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the 
Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: June 13, 2013

Dated: June 13, 2013

Dated: June 13, 2013

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC.

/s/ DAVID C. PAUL

David C. Paul
Chairman
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ RICHARD A. BARON

Richard A. Baron
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ STEVEN M. PAYNE

Steven M. Payne
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

We, the undersigned directors and/or executive officers of Globus Medical, Inc., hereby severally 
constitute and appoint David C. Paul, acting singly, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full 
power of substitution and resubstitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments 
to this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A (Amendment No. 1) and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto 
and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto 
said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing 
necessary or appropriate to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might 
or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or 
his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by 

the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

130

Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

TITLE

DATE

/s/ David C. Paul
David C. Paul

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ David M. Demski
David M. Demski

President and Chief Operating Officer
 and Director

/s/ Richard A. Baron
Richard A. Baron

/s/ Steven M. Payne
Steven M. Payne

/s/ David D. Davidar
David D. Davidar

/s/ Kurt C. Wheeler
Kurt C. Wheeler

/s/ Robert W. Liptak
Robert W. Liptak

/s/ Daniel T. Lemaitre
Daniel T. Lemaitre

/s/ Ann D. Rhoads
Ann D. Rhoads

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Senior Vice President, Operations
and Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

June 13, 2013

June 13, 2013

June 13, 2013

June 13, 2013

June 13, 2013

June 13, 2013

June 13, 2013

June 13, 2013

June 13, 2013

131

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Item

EXHIBIT INDEX

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Globus Medical, Inc. (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on August 2, 2012).
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated 
July 31, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 
5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on August 2, 2012).
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated 
August 20, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q/A 
filed on September 19, 2012).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Globus Medical, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
3.6 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on March 29, 2012).
Specimen Certificate for Class A Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 
of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on 
July 16, 2012).
Amended and Restated Stock Sale Agreement, dated July 23, 2007, by and among Globus 
Medical, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
4.2 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Stock Sale Agreement, dated January 14, 2009, 
by and among Globus Medical, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Investor Rights Agreement, dated July 23, 2007, by and among Globus Medical, Inc. and 
certain  stockholders  named  therein  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.4  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
First Amendment to  Investor  Rights Agreement, dated  January  14,  2009,  by  and  among 
Globus Medical, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.5 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 
filed on May 8, 2012).
Voting Agreement,  dated  June  14,  2004,  by  and  among  Globus  Medical,  Inc.,  certain 
stockholders and David C. Paul (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012) (the 
“2004 Voting Agreement”).
First Amendment to the 2004 Voting Agreement, dated July 20, 2012, by and among Globus 
Medical, Inc., certain stockholders and David C. Paul (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.20 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on July 23, 2012).
Voting Agreement, dated July 23, 2007, by and among Globus Medical, Inc. and certain 
stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012) (the 
“2007 Voting Agreement”).
First Amendment to 2007 Voting Agreement, dated April 4, 2011, by and among Globus 
Medical, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.3 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).

132

Table of Contents

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

Second Amendment to  the  2007 Voting Agreement, dated  July  20,  2012,  by  and  among 
Globus Medical, Inc. and certain stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.21 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on July 23, 2012).
Globus Medical, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment  to  the  Globus  Medical,  Inc. Amended  and  Restated  2003  Stock  Plan 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  of  the  Registrant’s Amendment  No.  1  to  the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Globus  Medical,  Inc.  2008  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Globus Medical, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 
of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on 
May 8, 2012).
Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2003 Stock Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Stock Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice and Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 
2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Notice and Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement 
under  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.11  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Employment Agreement, dated March 26, 2012 by and between Globus Medical, Inc. and 
Richard Baron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Registrant’s Amendment 
No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Vice President Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 2005, by and between Globus Medical, 
Inc.  and  Brett  Murphy  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.13  of  the  Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment to Vice President Employment Agreement, dated November 1, 2006, by 
and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Brett Murphy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.14 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).
Second Amendment to Vice President Employment Agreement, dated February 8, 2011, by 
and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Brett Murphy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.15 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed 
on May 8, 2012).
Credit Agreement, dated May 3, 2011, by and between Globus Medical, Inc. and Wells Fargo 
Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
First Amendment  to  Credit Agreement,  dated  March  16,  2012,  by  and  between  Globus 
Medical,  Inc.  and Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National Association  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.17 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).

133

Table of Contents

10.20

10.21

21.1

23.1
24.1
31.1*

31.2*

32**

Form  of  Indemnification Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.18  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 
2012).
Form  of  No  Competition  and  Non-Disclosure Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.19 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Subsidiaries  of  Globus  Medical,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  21.1  of  the 
Registrant’s Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on August 
2, 2012).
Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.
Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
Certification by Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.
Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
XBRL Instance Document

101.INS†
101.SCH† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF† XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

*
**
†

Filed herewith.
Furnished herewith.
Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the interactive data files on Exhibit 101 hereto 
shall not be deemed “filed” as part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of 
Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act, and are not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the 
Exchange Act, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of those sections.

134

EXHIBIT 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors 
Globus Medical, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-180426) of 
Globus Medical, Inc. and on Form S-8 (No. 333-184196) pertaining to the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock 
Plan, 2008 Stock Plan and 2012 Equity Incentive Plan of Globus Medical, Inc., of our report dated March 5, 
2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule included in this Amendment No. 1 
to the Annual Report (Form 10-K/A) for the year ended December 31, 2012.

/s/ KPMG, LLP
KPMG, LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
June 13, 2013 

 
EXHIBIT 31.1

Certification By Principal Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, David C. Paul, certify that:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A of Globus Medical, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared;

[Omitted pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-15(a).];

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize, and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 
in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:

June 13, 2013

/s/ DAVID C. PAUL
David C. Paul
Chairman
Chief Executive Officer

 
EXHIBIT 31.2

Certification By Principal Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Richard A. Baron, certify that:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A of Globus Medical, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period 
in which this report is being prepared;

[Omitted pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-15(a).];

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period 
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 
financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize, and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 
in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:

June 13, 2013

/s/ RICHARD A. BARON
Richard A. Baron
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

EXHIBIT 32

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 
of the United States Code), David C. Paul, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Richard A. Baron, 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Globus Medical, Inc. (the “Company”), each certifies 
with respect to the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K/A for the period ended December 31, 2012 
(the “Report”) that, to the best of his knowledge:

(1) 

(2) 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition 
and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: June 13, 2013

Dated: June 13, 2013

/s/ DAVID C. PAUL
David C. Paul
Chairman
Chief Executive Officer

/s/ RICHARD A. BARON
Richard A. Baron
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the 
Report or as a separate disclosure document.